customer service record transaction cycleima edi 19.0 disclosure document document release: february...
TRANSCRIPT
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
1
Customer Service Record Transaction Cycle Table of Contents
2. CUSTOMER SERVICE RECORD TRANSACTION CYCLE............................................... 2
CUSTOMER SERVICE RECORD (CSR) ....................................................................................... 2 2.1 BUSINESS DESCRIPTION ...................................................................................................... 2 2.2 BUSINESS MODEL................................................................................................................ 4 2.3 MAPPING EXAMPLES............................................................................................................ 5 2.4 DATA DICTIONARY............................................................................................................. 14
2.4.1 850 Customer Service Record Query (850CSRQ) - Version 4030 ........................ 14 2.4.2 855 Customer Service Record Response (855CSRR) - Version 4030 ................... 71
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
2
2. Customer Service Record Transaction Cycle
Customer Service Record (CSR)
2.1 Business Description
Refer to the Qwest Wholesale Product Catalog - Pre-Ordering Overview
URL: http://www.qwest.com/wholesale/clecs/preordering.html
2.1.1 Query Type - Response Summary CSRQ Customer Service Record Query
For Large Accounts, use Partial CSRQ, otherwise use Full/Base Size CSRQ
CSRQ by TN for Full CSRs
1 CSRQ by TN & Address (SERVIND = T), for Full CSR/Base Size (INQACT=A)
Good (RESPONSE =G)
2 CSRQ by TN & Address (SERVIND = T), for Full CSR/Base Size (INQACT=A)
Bad (RESPONSE = B)
3 CSRQ by TN & Address (SERVIND = T), for Full CSR/Base Size (INQACT=A)
Mixed Multiple Match (RESPONSE = M, MIXTYP=M)
CSRQ by TN for Partial CSRs
1 CSRQ by TN & Address (SERVIND=T), for [Partial CSR/Base Size OR Larger than Base Size (INQACT=C or D)]
Good (RESPONSE =G)
2 CSRQ by TN & Address (SERVIND=T), for [Partial CSR/Base Size OR Larger than Base Size (INQACT=C or D)]
Bad (RESPONSE = B)
3 CSRQ by TN & Address (SERVIND=T), for [Partial CSR/Base Size OR Larger than Base Size (INQACT=C or D)]
Mixed Multiple Match (RESPONSE = M, MIXTYP=M)
4 CSRQ by TN & Address (SERVIND=T), for [Partial CSR/Base Size OR Larger than Base Size (INQACT=C or D)]
Mixed Incomplete (RESPONSE = M, MIXTYP=I)
CSRQ by Non-TN for Full CSRs
1 CSRQ by Non-TN (ECCKT- ISDN, etc) (SERVIND=N), for FULL/Base Size (INQACT=A)
Good (RESPONSE =G)
2 CSRQ by Non-TN (ECCKT- ISDN, etc) (SERVIND=N), for FULL/Base Size (INQACT=A)
Bad (RESPONSE = B)
3 CSRQ by Non-TN (ECCKT- ISDN, etc) (SERVIND=N), for FULL/Base Size (INQACT=A)
Mixed Multiple Match (RESPONSE = M, MIXTYP=M)
CSRQ by Non-TN for Partial CSRs
1 CSRQ by Non-TN (ECCKT- ISDN, etc) (SERVIND=N), for [Partial/Base Size OR Larger than Base Size (INQACT=C OR D)
Good (RESPONSE =G)
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
3
CSRQ Customer Service Record Query 2 CSRQ by Non-TN (ECCKT- ISDN, etc) (SERVIND=N), for
[Partial/Base Size OR Larger than Base Size (INQACT=C OR D)Bad (RESPONSE = B)
3 CSRQ by Non-TN (ECCKT- ISDN, etc) (SERVIND=N), for [Partial/Base Size OR Larger than Base Size (INQACT=C OR D)
Mixed Multiple Match (RESPONSE = M, MIXTYP=M)
4 CSRQ by Non-TN (ECCKT- ISDN, etc) (SERVIND=N), for [Partial/Base Size OR Larger than Base Size (INQACT=C OR D)
Mixed Incomplete (RESPONSE = M, MIXTYP=I)
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
4
2.2 Business Model
Customer Service Record Customer Service Record provides Co-Provider the ability to query for and receive information regarding the listing, billing and services related information associated with an account number.
EDITranslator/Gateway
EDITranslator/Gateway
IMA OSS
QwestCo-Provider
850CSRQCustomer Service
RecordQuery
BadResponse
1
2
3
Customer Service Record
PassIMAedits
NO855CSRR(BAD)
855CSRR(BAD)
Multiple MatchResponse
855CSRR5 Exact MatchResponse
4855CSRR
(MULTIPLE)850CSRQ
1. Co-Provider submits an 850CSRQ by providing either an account number, a telephone
number, or an ECCKT. 2. If the 850CSRQ fails the IMA edits, 855CSRR (BAD) will be returned.
If the 850CSRQ passes the IMA edits, the query will be sent to the Operations Support System (OSS). This system will respond with one of three conditions: BAD, MULTIPLE or EXACT.
3. 855CSRR (BAD) will be returned when the 850CSRQ encounters any error(s) with the OSS. 4. An 855CSRR (MULTIPLE) will be returned when more than one CSR exists for the requested
telephone number or ECCKT. A new 850CSRQ can be submitted to resolve the multiple match situation.
5. An 855CSRR (EXACT), including listing, billing, and Service/Equipment sections (S&E), will
be returned when the CSR is found in the legacy systems.
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
5
2.3 Mapping Examples
2.3.1 850 CUSTOMER SERVICE RECORD QUERY (850CSRQ) – Version 4030 Symbol/Definition Example Bold/Italics = DWS Element PON Bold/Italics with Underline = An Element Code Conversion requirement
ACT
Superscript = DWS Ref # CSRQ-2
DWS used in this Mapping Example: CSR CSRQ = Customer Service Record Query CSRR = Customer Service Record Response
Italics = Literal GOOD { } = Valid Format {CCYYMMDD} [ ] = Segment notes for this line [SI Segment repeats …] ( ) = Element notes for this line (This element states …) n Counter 1…n * = Element separator in this example and related Data Dictionary
| = Actual element separator in an EDI transaction
> = Sub-Element Separator in this example and related Data Dictionary
Non-printable characters of “0x1f” = Actual sub-element separator in an EDI transaction
ST*850*TRAN SET CONTROL # BEG*28*IN*TXNUMCSRQ-3**PO Date (See Trading Partner Access Information) REF*8X*RTNMETHCSRQ-8*RTNMETH PAM*B3*QRCSRQ-62*EA DTM*097*D/TSENT{CCYYMMDD}CSRQ-4*D/TSENT{HHMM}CSRQ-4 DTM*270*DATED{CCYYMMDD}CSRQ-11 DTM*600*CSR DATE{CCYYMMDD}CSRQ-7a SI*TI*IR*TXACTCSRQ-6*IQ*TXTYPCSRQ-5
SI*TI*LB*LTXACTCSRQ-91
PID*S**TI*AO***SO-RSQ*AGAUTHCSRQ-9 PID*S**TI*USOCDESCIND***SO-RSQ*USOCDESCINDCSRQ-7
PID*X**TI*SERVIND*SERVINDCSRQ-36
N1*78*CCNACSRQ-1
N1*BY**25*CCCSRQ-2
N1*CA**25*LCCCSRQ-90
N1*AN*AUTHNMCSRQ-10
CUSTOMER INFORMATION TELEPHONE NUMBERS PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*CUST TN [PO1 Loop will be used if SERVINDCSRQ-36 = ‘T’] SI*TI*SA*R*WT*WTNCSRQ-34
PER*OC**EM*EMAILCSRQ-33 N1*BY*CUSTNAME
N2*CUSTNAMECSRQ-38 REF*IX*REFNUMCSRQ-37*REFNUM N1*IT*ADDRESS N4**STATECSRQ-31
NX2*01*SANOCSRQ-14
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
6
NX2*02*SASNCSRQ-17
NX2*03*SASDCSRQ-16
NX2*07*CITYCSRQ-30
NX2*40*SASSCSRQ-19
NX2*59*SAPRCSRQ-13
NX2*61*SASFCSRQ-15
NX2*62*SATHCSRQ-18
SI*TI*AF*AFTCSRQ-12
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CIRCUITS PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*CUST ECCKT [PO1 Loop will be used if SERVINDCSRQ-36 =‘N’] SI*TI*CN*ECCKTCSRQ-35
PER*OC**EM*EMAILCSRQ-33 N1*BY*CUSTNAME
N2*CUSTNAMECSRQ-38 REF*IX*REFNUMCSRQ-37*REFNUM N1*IT*ADDRESS N4**STATECSRQ-31
NX2*01*SANOCSRQ-14
NX2*02*SASNCSRQ-17
NX2*03*SASDCSRQ-16
NX2*07*CITYCSRQ-30
NX2*40*SASSCSRQ-19
NX2*59*SAPRCSRQ-13
NX2*61*SASFCSRQ-15
NX2*62*SATHCSRQ-18
SI*TI*AF*AFTCSRQ-12
ECCKT PARTIAL SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*ECCKT [PO1 Loop will be used if TXACTCSRQ-6 = ‘C’ or
‘D’ and SERVINDCSRQ-36 =‘N’] SI*TI*CN*ECCKTCSRQ-60
N1*BY*CUSTNAME N2*CUSTNAMECSRQ-61 N1*IT*ADDRESS N4**STATECSRQ-58
NX2*01*SANOCSRQ-41
NX2*02*SASNCSRQ-44
NX2*03*SASDCSRQ-43
NX2*07*CITYCSRQ-57
NX2*40*SASSCSRQ-46
NX2*59*SAPRCSRQ-40
NX2*61*SASFCSRQ-42
NX2*62*SATHCSRQ-45
SI*TI*AF*AFTCSRQ-39
WTN PARTIAL SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*WTN [PO1 Loop will be used if TXACTCSRQ-6 = ‘C’ or ‘D’ and
SERVINDCSRQ-36 =‘T’][PO1 Loop repeats QRCSRQ-62 times]
SI*TI*SA*R*WT*WTNCSRQ-63
N1*BY*CUSTNAME N2*CUSTNAMECSRQ-64
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
7
N1*IT*ADDRESS N4**STATECSRQ-84
NX2*01*SANOCSRQ-67
NX2*02*SASNCSRQ-70
NX2*03*SASDCSRQ-69
NX2*07*CITYCSRQ-83
NX2*40*SASSCSRQ-72
NX2*59*SAPRCSRQ-66
NX2*61*SASFCSRQ-68
NX2*62*SATHCSRQ-71
SI*TI*AF*AFTCSRQ-65
LSTR QUERY SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*LSTR [PO1 Loop will be used if TXTYPCSRQ-6 = M] SI*TI*DB*DIRIDLCSRQ-94
SI*TI*F5*FCCCSRQ-98
SI*TI*LE*REC TYPECRSQ-93 SI*TI*LN*LTNCSRQ-92
SI*TI*R7*REGIONCSRQ-97 REF*6O*REFCSRQ-96 N1*1A*NAME CONTROLCSRQ-95
CTT*Number of PO1 Segments SE*Number of Segments*TRAN SET CONTROL #
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
8
2.3.2 855 CUSTOMER SERVICE RECORD RESPONSE (855CSRR) – Version 4030 ST*855*TRAN SET CONTROL # BAK*11*AT*TXNUMCSRR-3*PO Date (See Trading Partner Access Information)
REF*11*ANCSRR-13*AN REF*76*MATCHQTYCSRR-184 REF*8X*RTNMETHCSRR-8*RTNMETH REF*ACC*LRESPONSECSRR-155*LRESPONSE REF*ACC*MIXTYPECSRR-12*MIXTYPE REF*ACC*RESPONSECSRR-11*RESPONSE REF*DP*DEPTCSRR-22*DEPT REF*LU*LOCNCSRR-23*LOCN PAM*4A*WTNNUMCSRR-107a*EA PAM*76*MAJHDNUMCSRR-92*EA PAM*FT*PENDING ORDER QTYCSRR-135a*EA PAM*P6*WTNSECNUMCSRR-107b*EA PAM*QD*PGRTNDCSRR-9*EA PAM*TC*CSRSIZECSRR-10*EA DTM*097*D/TSENT{CCYYMMDD}CSRR-4*D/TSENT{HHMM}CSRR-4
DTM*600*CSR DATE{CCYYMMDD}CSRR-7b DTM*825****UN*ORIGDATECSRR-16 SI*TI*IR*TXACTCSRR-6*IQ*TXTYPCSRR-5*BT*CSCSRR-17*CN*ECCKTCSRR-14 SI*TI*LB*LTXACTCSRR-154
PID*S**TI*USOCDESAV***SO-RSQ*USOCDESCAVAILCSRR-7 PID*X**TI*ACCTDESC*ACCTDESCCSRR-21
PID*X**TI*SERVIND*SERVINDCSRR-15
PID*X**TI*STATIND*STATINDCSRR-20
PID*X**TI*VCSRIND*VCSRCSRR-7a N1*78*CCNACSRR-1
N1*EV*RSIDCSRR-18 N1*EN*CUSTCODECSRR-19 N1*BY**25*CCCSRR-2 N1*CA**25*LCCCSRR-153
BAD PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*BAD [PO1 Loop will be used if RESPONSECSRR-11 =
‘B’ or MIXTYPECSRR-12 = ‘E’, ‘F’, or ‘I’] QTY*03*ERRNUM CSRR-137*EA N9*1Q*ERRCODECSRR-138*ERR [N9 Loop repeats ERRNUMCSRR-137 times] MTX**ERRMESGCSRR-139
ERROR DETAILS SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*BADLST [PO1 Loop will be used if LRESPONSECSRR-155 = ‘B’] QTY*03*LERRNUMCSRR-196 N9*1Q*LERRCODECSRR-197 [N9 Loop repeats LERRNUMCSRR-196 times] MTX**LERRMESGCSRR-198
FILE NAME and PATH SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*PATH [PO1 Loop will be used if MIXTYPECSRR-12 = ‘F’] N9*EV*FILENAMEPATH MTX**FILENAMEPATHCSRR-136
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
9
WTN/ECCKT ERROR SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*BADWTN [PO1 Loop will be used if RESPONSECSRR-11 =
‘M’ and MIXTYPECSRR-12 = ‘T’] QTY*03*ERRNUMCSRR-141*EA N9*82*ERRSUMMSG MTX**ERRSUMMSGCSRR-140 SLN*ERRINFO*n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats ERRNUMCSRR-141 times] MTX**ERRMSGCSRR-145
N9*1Q*INDEXIDCSRR-142*INDEXID N9*1Q*WTN/ECCKTCSRR-143*WTN/ECCKT N9*1Q*ERRTYPECSRR-144*ERRTYPE
MULTIPLE MATCH SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*MULTIPLE [PO1 Loop will be used if RESPONSECSRR-11 = ‘M’
and MIXTYPECSRR-12 = ‘M’] PID*X**TI*ACCTDESC*ACCTDESCCSRR-135 QTY*76*MATCHNUMCSRR-108*EA SLN*MATCH*n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats MATCHNUMCSRR-108 times] SI*TI*BT*CSCSRR-133 PID*X**TI*STATIND*STATINDCSRR-134
N1*BY*CUST
N2*CUSTNAMECSRR-111 N4**STATECSRR-131 NX2*01*SANOCSRR-114 NX2*02*SASNCSRR-117
NX2*03*SASDCSRR-116
NX2*07*CITYCSRR-130
NX2*40*SASSCSRR-119
NX2*59*SAPRCSRR-113
NX2*61*SASFCSRR-115 NX2*62*SATHCSRR-118
REF*11*ANCSRR-110*AN REF*IX*REFNUMCSRR-109*REFNUM
LISTINGS SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*LIST [PO1 Loop will be used if RESPONSECSRR-11 =
‘G’ and SERVINDCSRR-14a = ‘T’ or RESPONSECSRR-11 = ‘M’ and MIXTYPECSRR-12 = ‘I’ or ‘T’]
QTY*N4*LFIDNUMCSRR-61*EA N9*H7*LOC*AAI MTX**AAICSRR-57
N1*DH*LISTADD IN2*01*TITLE1CSRR-28*TITLE1 IN2*01*TITLE2CSRR-29*TITLE2 IN2*02*LNFNCSRR-25*LNFNCSRR-25 IN2*05*LNLNCSRR-24 IN2*10*TLCSRR-27*TL IN2*18*NICKCSRR-30 IN2*21*DESCSRR-26 N4**LASTCSRR-40*LAZCCSRR-41
NX2*01*LANOCSRR-32
NX2*02*LASNCSRR-35
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
10
NX2*03*LASDCSRR-34 NX2*07*LALOCCSRR-39
NX2*18*LALOCSRR-38 NX2*40*LASSCSRR-37 NX2*59*LAPRCSRR-31 NX2*61*LASFCSRR-33 NX2*62*LATHCSRR-36 N1*IT*NAMECSRR-42 N4**STATECSRR-59*ZIPCSRR-60
NX2*01*SANOCSRR-45 NX2*02*SASNCSRR-48 NX2*03*SASDCSRR-47 NX2*07*CITYCSRR-58
NX2*40*SASSCSRR-50 NX2*59*SAPRCSRR-44 NX2*61*SASFCSRR-46
NX2*62*SATHCSRR-49 NX2*LD1CSRR-51*LV1CSRR-52
NX2*LD2CSRR-53*LV2CSRR-54
NX2*LD3CSRR-55*LV3CSRR-56 SLN*FID*n*A*1*EA****SH*RTYCSRR-64a [SLN Loop repeats LFIDNUMCSRR-61 times] SI*TI*BO*BROCSRR-64u SI*TI*BR*TOACSRR-64v SI*TI*LB*ALICSRR-64n SI*TI*LE*LTYCSRR-64b SI*TI*LN*LTNCSRR-64f SI*TI*NS*NSTNCSRR-64c SI*TI*TW*STYCCSRR-64e PID*S**TI*AR***SO-RSQ*OMTNCSRR-64d PID*S**TI*AS***SO-RSQ*LNPLCSRR-64g PID*S**TI*AT***SO-RSQ*ADICSRR-64q PID*S**TI*AW***SO-RSQ*DMLCSRR-64r PID*S**TI*AX***SO-RSQ*NOSLCSRR-64s PID*S**TI*AY***SO-RSQ*TMKTCSRR-64t
QTY*N4*FFIDNUM CSRR-65*EA N9*82*PLA MTX**PLACSRR-64h N9*82*LTXTY*LTXTYCSRR-64o MTX**LTEXTCSRR-64p N9*JH*LFIDCSRR-63*LFID
MTX**LFIDDATACSRR-64 N9*JH*FFIDCSRR-66*FFID [N9 Loop repeats FFIDNUMCSRR-65 times] MTX**FFIDDATACSRR-67
N1*DH*LISTINGS IN2*01*TITLE1DCSRR-64m*TITLE1D IN2*10*TLCSRR-64i*TL IN2*10*TLDCSRR-64k*TLD IN2*12*DESDCSRR-64l*DESD
BILLING SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*BILL [PO1 Loop will be used if RESPONSECSRR-11 = ‘G’ or RESPONSECSRR-11 = ‘M’ and MIXTYPECSRR-12 = ‘I’ or ‘T’] QTY*N4*LFIDNUMCSRR-76*EA
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
11
N1*X1*BILLNMCSRR-68 N2*SBILLNMCSRR-69 N1*IT*BADD N4**STATECSRR-74*ZIPCSRR-75
NX2*02*STREETCSRR-70 NX2*07*CITYCSRR-73
NX2*32*FLOORCSRR-71 NX2*35*ROOM/MAIL STOPCSRR-72 SLN*FID*n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats LFIDNUMCSRR-76 times] QTY*N4*FFIDNUMCSRR-79*EA N9*JH*LFIDCSRR-77*LFID MTX**LFIDDATACSRR-78 N9*JH*FFIDCSRR-80*FFID [N9 Loop repeats FFIDNUMCSRR-79 times] MTX**FFIDDATACSRR-81
SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT [This Section will be used if RESPONSECSRR-11 = ‘G’ or RESPONSECSRR-11 = ‘M’ and MIXTYPECSRR-12 = ‘I’ or ‘T’] Services and Equipment Section includes USOC Section, Major Heading Section, and Feature and Feature Detail Section.
USOC SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*SEUSOC QTY*P6*USOCNUMCSRR-82*EA SLN*USOC *n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats USOCNUMCSRR-82 times] QTY*N4*FFIDNUMCSRR-89*EA QTY*P6*USOCQTYCSRR-85*EA SI*TI*SC*USOCCSRR-83
N9*JH*FFIDCSRR-90*FFID [N9 Loop repeats FFIDNUMCSRR-89 times] MTX**FFIDDATACSRR-91
N9*P4*USOCDESC MTX**USOCDESCCSRR-84
MAJOR HEADING SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*SEMAJHD [PO1 Loop repeats MAJHDNUMCSRR-92 times] PID*X**TI*HEADNAMECSRR-93*HEADDTLCSRR-94**MAJHD QTY*P6*USOCNUMCSRR-98*EA QTY*N4*FFIDNUMCSRR-95*EA N9*JH*FFIDCSRR-96*FFID [N9 Loop repeats FFIDNUMCSRR-95 times] MTX**FFIDDATACSRR-97
SLN*USOC*n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats USOCNUMCSRR-98 times] QTY*N4*FFIDNUMCSRR-105*EA QTY*P6*USOCQTYCSRR-101*EA SI*TI*SC*USOCCSRR-99
N9*JH*FFIDCSRR-106*FFID [N9 Loop repeats FFIDNUMCSRR-105 times] MTX**FFIDDATACSRR-107
N9*P4*USOCDESC MTX**USOCDESCCSRR-100
FEATURE and FEATURE DETAIL SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*FEATURE [PO1 Loop repeats WTNSECNUMCSRR-107b times]
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
12
SI*TI*LZ*LSCPCSRR-107f
SI*TI*PE*PULCSRR-107h SI*TI*TB*BLOCKCSRR-107g SI*TI*WT*WTNCSRR-107c
QTY*AT*FEATNUMCSRR-107s*EA QTY*N4*LFIDNUMCSRR-107i*EA N1*P9**41*PIC N2*PICCSRR-107d N1*8V**41*LPIC N2*LPICCSRR-107e SLN*FEATURE*n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats FEATNUMCSRR-107s times] QTY*TO*FEATDETNUMCSRR-107w*EA N9*IX*FEATDETCSRR107x*FEATDET [N9 Loop repeats FEATDETNUMCSRR-107w times] MTX**FEATDETDATACSRR-107y
N9*IX*FEATQTYCSRR-107t*FEATQTY N9*L1*FEATURECSRR-107u MTX**USOCDESCCSRR-107v SLN*FID*n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats LFIDNUMCSRR-107i times] SI*TI*HG*HIDCSRR-107n
SI*TI*HY*HNTYPCSRR-107m
SI*TI*T5*TERSCSRR-107l
QTY*N4*FFIDNUMCSRR-107p*EA N9*55*HTSEQ MTX**HTSEQCSRR-107o N9*JH*LFIDCSRR-107j*LFID MTX**LFIDDATACSRR-107k N9*JH*FFIDCSRR-107q*FFID [N9 Loop repeats FFIDNUMCSRR-107p times] MTX**FFIDDATACSRR-107r
EXACT MATCH RESPONSE SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*EMRS*SH*RTYCSRR-168*LS*SOCSRR-183 [PO1 Loop will be used if
LRESPONSECSRR-155 = ‘G’] SI*TI*BO*BROCSRR-173
SI*TI*BR*TOACSRR-170
SI*TI*DB*DIRIDLCSRR-161
SI*TI*DG*DOICSRR-171 SI*TI*DN*DIRNAMECSRR-160 SI*TI*LE*LTYCSRR-169 SI*TI*LN*LTNCSRR-156 SI*TI*NS*NSTNCSRR-175 SI*TI*TW*STYCCSRR-182 SI*TI*TY*TOSCSRR-159 PID*S**TI*AR***SO-RSQ*OMTNCSRR-178 PID*S**TI*AT***SO-RSQ*ADICSRR-180 PID*S**TI*AX***SO-RSQ*NOSLCSRR-179 PID*S**TI*AY***SO-RSQ*TMKTCSRR-172
REF*6O*REFCSRR-163 REF*LI*ALICSRR-167 DTM*198*SCD{CCYYMMDD}CSRR-157 QTY*31*DIRQTYACSRR-166*DY N9*82*PLA MTX**PLACSRR-177 N9*JD*LISTNAME MTX**LISTNMCSRR-176
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
13
N9*JD*LIST ADDRESS MTX**LISTADRCSRR-181 N9*LU*SERVICE ADDRESS MTX**SERVADRCSRR-164 N9*KK*DELIVERY ADDRESS MTX**DELIVERY ADDRESSCSRR-165 N1*1A*NAME CONTROLCSRR-162
MULTIPLE MATCH RESPONSE SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*MMRS [PO1 Loop will be used if
LRESPONSECSRR-155 = ‘M’] [PO1 Loop repeats MATCHQTYCSRR-184 times]
SI*TI*DB*DIRIDLCSRR-188 SI*TI*DN*DIRNAMECSRR-187 SI*TI*F5*FCCCSRR-195 SI*TI*LE*REC TYPECSRR-186 SI*TI*LN*LTNCSRR-185 SI*TI*MM*TMF CODECSRR-193 SI*TI*R7*REGIONCSRR-194 SI*TI*TW*STYCCSRR-192 REF*6O*REFCSRR-190 REF*LI*ALICSRR-191 N1*1A*NAME CONTROLCSRR-189
PENDING ORDERS SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*PNDODRS [[PO1 Loop repeats PENDING ORDER
QTYCSRR-135a times] PID*S**TI*DB***SO-RSQ*MERGE INDICATORCSRR-135d
REF*OW*ORDER NUMBERCSRR-135b
DTM*AAG*ORDER DUE DATE{CCYYMMDD}CSRR-135c
CTT*Number of PO1 segments SE*Number of Segments*TRAN SET CONTROL#
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
14
2.4 Data Dictionary
2.4.1 850 Customer Service Record Query (850CSRQ) - Version 4030
Functional Group ID=PO Introduction: The 850CSRQ will be used by the Co-Provider to initiate a Customer Service Record Query to Qwest. This implementation guideline is based on the following: 1. ANSI ASC X12 Version 4030 2. LSOG 6 where applicable and Qwest assigned fields 3. OBF ESOC Guidelines, ELMS 6 Notes: This 850 Transaction includes the mapping for Customer Service Record Query. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 M 0200 BEG Beginning Segment for Purchase Order M 1 0500 REF Reference Identification O >1 0950 PAM Period Amount O 10 1500 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10 1850 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 1900 PID Product/Item Description O 200 LOOP ID - N1 200 3100 N1 Name O 1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3100 N1 Name O 1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3100 N1 Name O 1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3100 N1 Name O 1 Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - PO1 100000 M 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - CUSTOMER
INFORMATION TELEPHONE NUMBERS M 1 n1
0180 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 1100 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 LOOP ID - N1 200 3500 N1 Name O 1
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
15
3600 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 3900 REF Reference Identification O 12 LOOP ID - N1 200 3500 N1 Name O 1 3800 N4 Geographic Location O 1 3850 NX2 Location ID Component O >1 4050 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 M 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - CUSTOMER
INFORMATION CIRCUITS M 1 n2
0180 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 1100 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 LOOP ID - N1 200 3500 N1 Name O 1 3600 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 3900 REF Reference Identification O 12 LOOP ID - N1 200 3500 N1 Name O 1 3800 N4 Geographic Location O 1 3850 NX2 Location ID Component O >1 4050 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 M 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - ECCKT PARTIAL
SECTION M 1 n3
0180 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3500 N1 Name O 1 3600 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 LOOP ID - N1 200 3500 N1 Name O 1 3800 N4 Geographic Location O 1 3850 NX2 Location ID Component O >1 4050 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 M 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - WTN PARTIAL
SECTION M 1 n4
0180 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3500 N1 Name O 1 3600 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 LOOP ID - N1 200 3500 N1 Name O 1 3800 N4 Geographic Location O 1 3850 NX2 Location ID Component O >1 4050 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 M 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - LSTR QUERY
SECTION M 1 n5
0180 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 1000 REF Reference Identification O >1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3500 N1 Name O 1
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
16
Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - CTT 1 0100 CTT Transaction Totals O 1 n6 M 0300 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1 Transaction Set Notes 1. PO102 is required. 2. PO102 is required. 3. PO102 is required. 4. PO102 is required. 5. PO102 is required. 6. The number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of PO1 segments. If
used, hash total (CTT02) is the sum of the value of quantities ordered (PO102) for each PO1 segment.
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
17
Segment: ST Transaction Set Header Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 The transaction set identifier (ST01) is used by the translation
routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810 selects the Invoice Transaction Set).
2 The implementation convention reference (ST03) is used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate implementation convention to match the transaction set definition.
Comments: Notes: ST*850*TRAN SET CONTROL #
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 850 Purchase Order M ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set
functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
18
Segment: BEG Beginning Segment for Purchase Order Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the beginning of the Purchase Order Transaction Set and
transmit identifying numbers and dates Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 BEG05 is the date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order. Comments:
Notes: BEG*28*IN*TXNUM (CSRQ-3)**PO Date (See Trading Partner Access Information)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M BEG01 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying purpose of transaction set 28 Query M BEG02 92 Purchase Order Type Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of Purchase Order IN Information Copy M BEG03 324 Purchase Order Number M 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the
orderer/purchaser TXNUM (CSRQ-3) = Transaction Number M BEG05 373 Date M 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two
digits of the calendar year PO Date = Purchase Order Date (See Trading Partner Access
Information)
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
19
Segment: REF Reference Identification Position: 0500 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:
Notes: REF*8X*RTNMETH (CSRQ-8)*RTNMETH
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 8X Transaction Category or Type REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier RTNMETH (CSRQ-8) = Return Method Requested REF03 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their
content "RTNMETH"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
20
Segment: PAM Period Amount Position: 0950 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To indicate a quantity, and/or amount for an identified period Syntax Notes: 1 If any of PAM01 PAM02 or PAM03 is present, then all are required. 2 At least one of PAM02 PAM05 or PAM14 is required. 3 If either PAM04 or PAM05 is present, then the other is required. 4 If PAM07 is present, then PAM06 is required. 5 If PAM08 is present, then PAM07 is required. 6 If PAM09 is present, then PAM07 is required. 7 If PAM10 is present, then at least one of PAM11 or PAM12 is
required. 8 If PAM11 is present, then PAM10 is required. 9 If either PAM13 or PAM14 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PAM10, PAM11, or PAM12 are used when two dates are required. 2 PAM15 indicates whether the monetary amount identified in PAM05
is a net or gross value. A "Y" indicates amount is a gross value; an "N" indicates amount is a net value.
Comments: Notes: PAM*B3*QR (CSRQ-62)*EA
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PAM01 673 Quantity Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity B3 Requested Amount PAM02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity QR (CSRQ-62) = Quantity of Numbers Requested PAM03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
21
Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference Position: 1500 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required. 2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required. 3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: DTM*097*D/TSENT{CCYYMMDD} (CSRQ-4)*D/TSENT{HHMM} (CSRQ-4) DTM*270*DATED{CCYYMMDD} (CSRQ-11) DTM*600*CSR DATE{CCYYMMDD} (CSRQ-7a)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 097 Transaction Creation 270 Date Filed 600 As Of DTM02 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two
digits of the calendar year D/TSENT (CSRQ-4) = Date Sent
DATED (CSRQ-11) = CSR Authorization Date CSR DATE (CSRQ-7) = CSR Date
DTM03 337 Time X 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS,
or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
D/TSENT{HHMM} (CSRQ-4) = Time Sent
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
22
Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 1850 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics
qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*IR*TXACT (CSRQ-6)*IQ*TXTYP (CSRQ-5)
SI*TI*LB*LTXACT (CSRQ-91)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service
characteristics IR Transaction Activity LB Listing Activity Indicator M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service TXACT (CSRQ-6) = Transaction Activity
LTXACT (CSRQ-91) = LSTR Transaction Activity SI04 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier X 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service
characteristics IQ Inquiry Type SI05 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service TXTYP (CSRQ-5) = Transaction Type
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
23
Segment: PID Product/Item Description Position: 1900 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 200 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format Syntax Notes: 1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required. 2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required. 3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required. 4 If PID08 is present, then PID04 is required. 5 If PID09 is present, then PID05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list
being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description
codes. 3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified
in PID04. A "Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item; an "N" indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.
4 PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05. Comments: 1 If PID01 equals "F", then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals "S", then
PID04 is used. If PID01 equals "X", then both PID04 and PID05 are used.
2 Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in the segment.
3 PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.
Notes: PID*S**TI*AO***SO-RSQ*AGAUTH (CSRQ-9) PID*S**TI*CQ***SO-RSQ*FEATDESCIND (CSRQ-7) PID*X**TI*SERVIND*SERVIND (CSRQ-36)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PID01 349 Item Description Type M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description S Structured (From Industry Code List) X Semi-structured (Code and Text) PID03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry PID04 751 Product Description Code X 1 AN 1/12 A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a
product characteristic AO Agency Authorization Status CQ English USOC/Feature Descriptiom Indicator SERVIND Service Indicator PID05 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their
content SERVIND (CSRQ-36) = Service Indicator PID07 822 Source Subqualifier O 1 AN 1/15
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
24
A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier
SO-RSQ Service Order - Reseller Questions List PID08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response AGAUTH (CSRQ-9) = Agency Authorization Status
FEATCDESCIND (CSRQ-7) = English Feature Description Indicator Y Yes
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
25
Segment: N1 Name Position: 3100 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*78*CCNA (CSRQ-1)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual 78 Service Requester N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name CCNA (CSRQ-1) = Customer Carrier Name Abbreviation
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
26
Segment: N1 Name Position: 3100 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*BY**25*CC (CSRQ-2)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual BY Buying Party (Purchaser) N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for
Identification Code (67) 25 Carrier's Customer Code N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code CC (CSRQ-2) = Company Code
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
27
Segment: N1 Name Position: 3100 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*CA**25*LCC (CSRQ-90)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual CA Carrier N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for
Identification Code (67) 25 Carrier's Customer Code N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code LCC (CSRQ-2) = LSTR Company
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
28
Segment: N1 Name Position: 3100 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*AN*AUTHNM (CSRQ-10)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual AN Authorized From A geographic location designated as an authorized
pick-up or origin point for a shipment N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name AUTHNM (CSRQ-10) = CSR Authorization Name
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
29
Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - CUSTOMER INFORMATION TELEPHONE NUMBERS
Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs
per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*CUST TN [PO1 Loop will be used if SERVIND (CSRQ-36) = 'T']
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "CUST TN"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
30
Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 0180 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics
qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*SA*R*WT*WTN (CSRQ-34)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service
characteristics SA Service Activity M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service R Record Information SI04 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier X 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service
characteristics WT Working Telephone Number SI05 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service WTN (CSRQ-34) = Working Telephone Number
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
31
Segment: PER Administrative Communications Contact Position: 1100 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 3 Purpose: To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications
should be directed Syntax Notes: 1 If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: PER*OC**EM*EMAIL (CSRQ-33)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PER01 366 Contact Function Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group
named OC Order Contact PER03 365 Communication Number Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of communication number EM Electronic Mail PER04 364 Communication Number X 1 AN 1/256 Complete communications number including country or area code when
applicable EMAIL (CSRQ-33) = Email Address
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
32
Segment: N1 Name Position: 3500 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*BY*CUSTNAME
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual BY Buying Party (Purchaser) N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name "CUSTNAME"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
33
Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 3600 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: N2*CUSTNAME (CSRQ-38)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N201 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name CUSTNAME (CSRQ-38) = Customer Name
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
34
Segment: REF Reference Identification Position: 3900 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:
Notes: REF*IX*REFNUM (CSRQ-37)*REFNUM
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification IX Item Number REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier REFNUM (CSRQ-37) = Reference Number REF03 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their
content "REFNUM"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
35
Segment: N1 Name Position: 3500 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*IT*ADDRESS
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual IT Installation on Site N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name "ADDRESS"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
36
Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 3800 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may
be adequate to specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.
Notes: N4**STATE (CSRQ-31)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N402 156 State or Province Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government
agency STATE (CSRQ-31) = State/Province
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
37
Segment: NX2 Location ID Component Position: 3850 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To define types and values of a geographic location Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: NX2*01*SANO (CSRQ-14) NX2*02*SASN (CSRQ-17) NX2*03*SASD (CSRQ-16) NX2*07*CITY (CSRQ-30) NX2*40*SASS (CSRQ-19) NX2*59*SAPR (CSRQ-13) NX2*61*SASF (CSRQ-15) NX2*62*SATH (CSRQ-18)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M NX201 1106 Address Component Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code qualifying the type of address component 01 Street Number 02 Street Name 03 Prefix Direction 07 City Name 40 Street Suffix 59 Street Number Low 61 Street Number Fraction 62 Street Name Suffix M NX202 166 Address Information M 1 AN 1/55 Address information SANO (CSRQ-14) = Service Address Number
SASN (CSRQ-17) = Service Address Street Name SASD (CSRQ-16) = Service Address Street Directional Prefix CITY (CSRQ-30) = City SASS (CSRQ-19) = Service Address Street Directional Suffix SAPR (CSRQ-13) = Service Address Number Prefix SASF (CSRQ-15) = Service Address Number Suffix SATH (CSRQ-18) = Service Address Street Type
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
38
Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 4050 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics
qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*AF*AFT (CSRQ-12)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service
characteristics AF Address Format Type M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service AFT (CSRQ-12) = Address Format Type
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
39
Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - CUSTOMER INFORMATION CIRCUITS Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs
per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*CUST ECCKT [PO1 Loop will be used if SERVIND (CSRQ-36) = 'N']
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "CUST ECCKT"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
40
Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 0180 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics
qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*CN*ECCKT (CSRQ-35)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service
characteristics CN Circuit Number Identification M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service ECCKT (CSRQ-35) = Exchange Company Circuit ID
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
41
Segment: PER Administrative Communications Contact Position: 1100 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 3 Purpose: To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications
should be directed Syntax Notes: 1 If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: PER*OC**EM*EMAIL (CSRQ-33)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PER01 366 Contact Function Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group
named OC Order Contact PER03 365 Communication Number Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of communication number EM Electronic Mail PER04 364 Communication Number X 1 AN 1/256 Complete communications number including country or area code when
applicable EMAIL (CSRQ-33) = Email Address
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
42
Segment: N1 Name Position: 3500 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*BY*CUSTNAME
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual BY Buying Party (Purchaser) N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name "CUSTNAME"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
43
Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 3600 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: N2*CUSTNAME (CSRQ-38)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N201 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name CUSTNAME (CSRQ-38) = Customer Name
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
44
Segment: REF Reference Identification Position: 3900 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:
Notes: REF*IX*REFNUM (CSRQ-37)*REFNUM
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification IX Item Number REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier REFNUM (CSRQ-37) = Reference Number REF03 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their
content "REFNUM"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
45
Segment: N1 Name Position: 3500 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*IT*ADDRESS
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual IT Installation on Site N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name "ADDRESS"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
46
Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 3800 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may
be adequate to specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.
Notes: N4**STATE (CSRQ-31)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N402 156 State or Province Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government
agency STATE (CSRQ-31) = State/Province
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
47
Segment: NX2 Location ID Component Position: 3850 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To define types and values of a geographic location Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: NX2*01*SANO (CSRQ-14) NX2*02*SASN (CSRQ-17) NX2*03*SASD (CSRQ-16) NX2*07*CITY (CSRQ-30) NX2*40*SASS (CSRQ-19) NX2*59*SAPR (CSRQ-13) NX2*61*SASF (CSRQ-15) NX2*62*SATH (CSRQ-18)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M NX201 1106 Address Component Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code qualifying the type of address component 01 Street Number 02 Street Name 03 Prefix Direction 07 City Name 40 Street Suffix 59 Street Number Low 61 Street Number Fraction 62 Street Name Suffix M NX202 166 Address Information M 1 AN 1/55 Address information SANO (CSRQ-14) = Service Address Number
SASN (CSRQ-17) = Service Address Street Name SASD (CSRQ-16) = Service Address Street Directional Prefix CITY (CSRQ-30) = City SASS (CSRQ-19) = Service Address Street Directional Suffix SAPR (CSRQ-13) = Service Address Number Prefix SASF (CSRQ-15) = Service Address Number Suffix SATH (CSRQ-18) = Service Address Street Type
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
48
Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 4050 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics
qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*AF*AFT (CSRQ-12)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service
characteristics AF Address Format Type M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service AFT (CSRQ-12) = Address Format Type
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
49
Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - ECCKT PARTIAL SECTION Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs
per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*ECCKT [PO1 Loop will be used if TXACT (CSRQ-6) = 'C' or 'D' and SERVIND (CSRQ-36) = 'N']
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "ECCKT"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
50
Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 0180 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics
qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*CN*ECCKT (CSRQ-60)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service
characteristics CN Circuit Number Identification M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service ECCKT (CSRQ-60) = Exchange Company Circuit ID
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
51
Segment: N1 Name Position: 3500 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*BY*CUSTNAME
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual BY Buying Party (Purchaser) N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name CUSTNAME
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
52
Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 3600 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: N2*CUSTNAME (CSRQ-61)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N201 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name CUSTNAME (CSRQ-61) = Customer Name
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
53
Segment: N1 Name Position: 3500 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*IT*ADDRESS
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual IT Installation on Site N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name "ADDRESS"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
54
Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 3800 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may
be adequate to specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.
Notes: N4**STATE (CSRQ-58)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N402 156 State or Province Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government
agency STATE (CSRQ-58) = State/Province
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
55
Segment: NX2 Location ID Component Position: 3850 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To define types and values of a geographic location Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: NX2*01*SANO (CSRQ-41) NX2*02*SASN (CSRQ-44) NX2*03*SASD (CSRQ-43) NX2*07*CITY (CSRQ-57) NX2*40*SASS (CSRQ-46) NX2*59*SAPR (CSRQ-40) NX2*61*SASF (CSRQ-42) NX2*62*SATH (CSRQ-45)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M NX201 1106 Address Component Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code qualifying the type of address component 01 Street Number 02 Street Name 03 Prefix Direction 07 City Name 40 Street Suffix 59 Street Number Low 61 Street Number Fraction 62 Street Name Suffix M NX202 166 Address Information M 1 AN 1/55 Address information SANO (CSRQ-41) = Service Address Number
SASN (CSRQ-44) = Service Address Street Name SASD (CSRQ-43) = Service Address Street Directional Prefix CITY (CSRQ-57) = City SASS (CSRQ-46) = Service Address Street Directional Suffix SAPR (CSRQ-40) = Service Address Number Prefix SASF (CSRQ-42) = Service Address Number Suffix SATH (CSRQ-45) = Service Address Street Type
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
56
Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 4050 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics
qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*AF*AFT (CSRQ-39)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service
characteristics AF Address Format Type M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service AFT (CSRQ-39) = Address Format Type
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
57
Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - WTN PARTIAL SECTION Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs
per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*WTN [PO1 Loop will be used if TXACT (CSRQ-6) = 'C' or 'D' and SERVIND (CSRQ-36) ='T'] [PO1 Loop repeats QR (CSRQ-62) times]
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "WTN"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
58
Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 0180 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics
qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*SA*R*WT*WTN (CSRQ-63)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service
characteristics SA Service Activity M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service R Record Information SI04 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier X 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service
characteristics WT Working Telephone Number SI05 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service WTN (CSRQ-63) = Working Telephone Number
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
59
Segment: N1 Name Position: 3500 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*BY*CUSTNAME
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual BY Buying Party (Purchaser) N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name CUSTNAME
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
60
Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 3600 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: N2*CUSTNAME (CSRQ-64)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N201 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name CUSTNAME (CSRQ-64) = Customer Name
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
61
Segment: N1 Name Position: 3500 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*IT*ADDRESS
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual IT Installation on Site N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name "ADDRESS"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
62
Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 3800 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may
be adequate to specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.
Notes: N4**STATE (CSRQ-84)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N402 156 State or Province Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government
agency STATE (CSRQ-84) = State/Province
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
63
Segment: NX2 Location ID Component Position: 3850 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To define types and values of a geographic location Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: NX2*01*SANO (CSRQ-67) NX2*02*SASN (CSRQ-70) NX2*03*SASD (CSRQ-69) NX2*07*CITY (CSRQ-83) NX2*40*SASS (CSRQ-72) NX2*59*SAPR (CSRQ-66) NX2*61*SASF (CSRQ-68) NX2*62*SATH (CSRQ-71)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M NX201 1106 Address Component Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code qualifying the type of address component 01 Street Number 02 Street Name 03 Prefix Direction 07 City Name 40 Street Suffix 59 Street Number Low 61 Street Number Fraction 62 Street Name Suffix M NX202 166 Address Information M 1 AN 1/55 Address information SANO (CSRQ-67) = Service Address Number
SASN (CSRQ-70) = Service Address Street Name SASD (CSRQ-69) = Service Address Street Directional Prefix CITY (CSRQ-83) = City SASS (CSRQ-72) = Service Address Street Directional Suffix SAPR (CSRQ-66) = Service Address Number Prefix SASF (CSRQ-68) = Service Address Number Suffix SATH (CSRQ-71) = Service Address Street Type
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
64
Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 4050 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics
qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*AF*AFT (CSRQ-65)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service
characteristics AF Address Format Type M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service AFT (CSRQ-65) = Address Format Type
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
65
Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - LSTR QUERY SECTION Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs
per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*LSTR [PO1 Loop will be used if LTXACT (CSRQ-6) = 'M']
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "LSTR"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
66
Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 0180 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics
qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*DB*DIRIDL (CSRQ-94)
SI*TI*F5*FCC (CSRQ-98) SI*TI*LE*REC TYPE (CSRQ-93) SI*TI*LN*LTN (CSRQ-92) SI*TI*R7*REGION (CSRQ-97)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service
characteristics DB Directory Book F5 File Control LE Listing Type LN Listed Telephone Number R7 Region M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service DIRIDL (CSRQ-94) = Directory Identifier
FCC (CSRQ-98) = File Control Code REC TYPE (CSRQ-93) = Record Type LTN (CSRQ-92) = Listed Telephone Number REGION (CSRQ-97) = Region
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
67
Segment: REF Reference Identification Position: 1000 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:
Notes: REF*60*REF (CSRQ-96)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 6O Cross Reference Number REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier REF (CSRQ-96) = Reference
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
68
Segment: N1 Name Position: 3500 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*1A*NAME CONTROL (CSRQ-95)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual 1A Subgroup N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name NAME CONTROL (CSRQ-64) = Name Control
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
69
Segment: CTT Transaction Totals Position: 0100 Loop: CTT Optional Level: Summary Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit a hash total for a specific element in the transaction set Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTT03 or CTT04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either CTT05 or CTT06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment is intended to provide hash totals to validate
transaction completeness and correctness. Notes: CTT*Number of PO1 Segments
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M CTT01 354 Number of Line Items M 1 N0 1/6 Total number of line items in the transaction set
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
70
Segment: SE Transaction Set Trailer Position: 0300 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the
transmitted segments (including the beginning (ST) and ending (SE) segments)
Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SE is the last segment of each transaction set.
Notes: SE*Number of Segments*TRAN SET CONTROL#
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SE01 96 Number of Included Segments M 1 N0 1/10 Total number of segments included in a transaction set including ST
and SE segments M SE02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set
functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
71
2.4.2 855 Customer Service Record Response (855CSRR) - Version 4030
Functional Group ID=PR Introduction: The 855CSRR will be used by Qwest to respond to a Customer Service Record Query from the Co-Provider. This implementation guideline is based on the following: 1. ANSI ASC X12 Version 4030 2. LSOG 6 where applicable and Qwest assigned fields 3. OBF ESOC Guidelines, ELMS 6 Notes: This 855 Transaction includes mapping for Customer Service Record Response. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 M 0200 BAK Beginning Segment for Purchase Order
Acknowledgment M 1
0500 REF Reference Identification O >1 0950 PAM Period Amount O 10 1500 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10 1850 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 1900 PID Product/Item Description O 200 LOOP ID - N1 200 3000 N1 Name O 1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3000 N1 Name O 1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3000 N1 Name O 1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3000 N1 Name O 1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3000 N1 Name O 1 Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - PO1 100000 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - BAD O 1 n1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 3000 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - N9 1000 3500 N9 Reference Identification O 1
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
72
3600 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - ERROR DETAILS
SECTION O 1 n2
LOOP ID - QTY >1 3000 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - N9 1000 3500 N9 Reference Identification O 1 3600 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - FILE NAME and
PATH SECTION O 1 n3
LOOP ID - N9 1000 3500 N9 Reference Identification O 1 3600 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - WTN/ECCKT ERROR
SECTION O 1 n4
LOOP ID - QTY >1 3000 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - N9 1000 3500 N9 Reference Identification O 1 3600 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - SLN >1 4900 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1 4950 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - MULTIPLE MATCH
SECTION O 1 n5
LOOP ID - PID 1000 0500 PID Product/Item Description O 1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 3000 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - SLN >1 4900 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1 5000 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 5100 PID Product/Item Description O 1000 LOOP ID - N1 10 5760 N1 Name O 1 5780 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 5900 N4 Geographic Location O 1 6000 NX2 Location ID Component O >1 6100 REF Reference Identification O 12 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - LISTINGS SECTION O 1 n6
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
73
LOOP ID - QTY >1 3000 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - N9 1000 3500 N9 Reference Identification O 1 3600 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3700 N1 Name O 1 3850 IN2 Individual Name Structure Components O >1 4000 N4 Geographic Location O 1 4050 NX2 Location ID Component O >1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3700 N1 Name O 1 4000 N4 Geographic Location O 1 4050 NX2 Location ID Component O >1 LOOP ID - SLN >1 4900 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1 5000 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 5100 PID Product/Item Description O 1000 LOOP ID - QTY >1 5590 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N1 10 5760 N1 Name O 1 5790 IN2 Individual Name Structure Components O >1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - BILLING SECTION O 1 n7 LOOP ID - QTY >1 3000 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3700 N1 Name O 1 3800 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 LOOP ID - N1 200 3700 N1 Name O 1 4000 N4 Geographic Location O 1 4050 NX2 Location ID Component O >1 LOOP ID - SLN >1 4900 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1 LOOP ID - QTY >1
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
74
5590 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - USOC SECTION
(Services and Equipment Section) O 1 n8
LOOP ID - QTY >1 3000 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - SLN 1000 4900 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 5590 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 5590 QTY Quantity O 1 5610 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - MAJOR HEADING
SECTION (Services and Equipment Section)
O 1 n9
LOOP ID - PID 1000 0500 PID Product/Item Description O 1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 3000 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 3000 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - N9 1000 3500 N9 Reference Identification O 1 3600 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - SLN >1 4900 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 5590 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 5590 QTY Quantity O 1 5610 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
75
5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - FEATURE and
FEATURE DETAIL SECTION (Services and Equipment Section)
O 1 n10
0180 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 3000 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 3000 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3700 N1 Name O 1 3800 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 LOOP ID - N1 200 3700 N1 Name O 1 3800 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 LOOP ID - SLN >1 4900 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 5590 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - SLN >1 4900 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1 5000 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 5590 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - EXACT MATCH
RESPONSE SECTION O 1 n11
0180 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 LOOP ID - PID 1000 0500 PID Product/Item Description O 1 1000 REF Reference Identification O >1 2000 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
76
LOOP ID - QTY >1 3000 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - N9 1000 3500 N9 Reference Identification O 1 3600 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 1000 3500 N9 Reference Identification O 1 3600 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 1000 3500 N9 Reference Identification O 1 3600 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 1000 3500 N9 Reference Identification O 1 3600 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 1000 3500 N9 Reference Identification O 1 3600 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3700 N1 Name O 1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - MULTIPLE MATCH
RESPONSE SECTION O 1 n12
0180 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 1000 REF Reference Identification O >1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3700 N1 Name O 1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - PENDING ORDERS
SECTION O 1 n13
LOOP ID - PID 1000 0500 PID Product/Item Description O 1 1000 REF Reference Identification O >1 2000 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10 Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - CTT 1 0100 CTT Transaction Totals O 1 n14 M 0300 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1 Transaction Set Notes 1. PO102 is required. 2. PO102 is required. 3. PO102 is required. 4. PO102 is required. 5. PO102 is required. 6. PO102 is required. 7. PO102 is required.
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
77
8. PO102 is required. 9. PO102 is required. 10. PO102 is required. 11. PO102 is required. 12. PO102 is required. 13. PO102 is required. 14. The number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of PO1 segments. If
used, hash total (CTT02) is the sum of the value of quantities ordered (PO102) for each PO1 segment.
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
78
Segment: ST Transaction Set Header Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 The transaction set identifier (ST01) is used by the translation
routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810 selects the Invoice Transaction Set).
2 The implementation convention reference (ST03) is used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate implementation convention to match the transaction set definition.
Comments: Notes: ST*855*TRAN SET CONTROL #
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment M ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set
functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
79
Segment: BAK Beginning Segment for Purchase Order Acknowledgment Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the beginning of the Purchase Order Acknowledgment
Transaction Set and transmit identifying numbers and dates Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 BAK04 is the date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order. 2 BAK08 is the seller's order number. 3 BAK09 is the date assigned by the sender to the acknowledgment. Comments:
Notes: BAK*11*AT*TXNUM (CSRR-3)*PO Date (See Trading Partner Access Information)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M BAK01 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying purpose of transaction set 11 Response M BAK02 587 Acknowledgment Type M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of acknowledgment AT Accepted M BAK03 324 Purchase Order Number M 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the
orderer/purchaser TXNUM (CSRR-3) = Transaction Number M BAK04 373 Date M 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two
digits of the calendar year PO Date = Purchase Order Date (See Trading Partner Access
Information)
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
80
Segment: REF Reference Identification Position: 0500 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:
Notes: REF*11*AN (CSRR-13)*AN REF*76*MATCHQTY (CSRR-184) REF*8X*RTNMETH (CSRR-8)*RTNMETH REF*ACC*LRESPONSE(CSRR-155)*LRESPONSE REF*ACC*MIXTYPE (CSRR-12)*MIXTYPE REF*ACC*RESPONSE(CSRR-11)*RESPONSE REF*DP*DEPT (CSRR-22)*DEPT REF*LU*LOCN (CSRR-23)*LOCN
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 11 Account Number Number identifies a telecommunications industry
account 76 Milestone A specific event that can be identified as occurring at
a specific time 8X Transaction Category or Type ACC Status DP Department Number LU Location Number REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier AN (CSRR-13) = Account Number
MATCHQTY (CSRR-184) = Multiple Match Number RTNMETH (CSRR-8) = Response Return Method LRESPONSE(CSRR-155) = LSTR Response MIXTYPE (CSRR-12) = Mixed Response Type RESPONSE(CSRR-11) = Response DEPT (CSRR-22) = Department LOCN (CSRR-23) = Location Number
REF03 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their
content "AN"
"RTNMETH" "LRESPONSE"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
81
"MIXTYPE" "RESPONSE" "DEPT" "LOCN"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
82
Segment: PAM Period Amount Position: 0950 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To indicate a quantity, and/or amount for an identified period Syntax Notes: 1 If any of PAM01 PAM02 or PAM03 is present, then all are required. 2 At least one of PAM02 PAM05 or PAM14 is required. 3 If either PAM04 or PAM05 is present, then the other is required. 4 If PAM07 is present, then PAM06 is required. 5 If PAM08 is present, then PAM07 is required. 6 If PAM09 is present, then PAM07 is required. 7 If PAM10 is present, then at least one of PAM11 or PAM12 is
required. 8 If PAM11 is present, then PAM10 is required. 9 If either PAM13 or PAM14 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PAM10, PAM11, or PAM12 are used when two dates are required. 2 PAM15 indicates whether the monetary amount identified in PAM05
is a net or gross value. A "Y" indicates amount is a gross value; an "N" indicates amount is a net value.
Comments: Notes: PAM*4A*WTNNUM (CSRR-107a)*EA
PAM*76*MAJHDNUM (CSRR-92)*EA PAM*FT*PENDING ORDER QTY (CSRR-135a)*EA PAM*P6*WTNSECNUM (CSRR-107b)*EA PAM*QD*PGRTND (CSRR-9)*EA PAM*TC*CSRSIZE (CSRR-10)*EA
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PAM01 673 Quantity Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity 4A Accounts 76 Returns FT Forecast to Complete P6 Number of Services or Procedures QD Quantity Delivered TC Total at Complete PAM02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity WTNNUM (CSRR-107a) = Number of WTNs
MAJHDNUM (CSRR-92) = Number of Major Headings PENDING ORDER QTY (CSRR-135a) = Pending Order Quantity WTNSECNUM (CSRR-107b) = Number of WTN/ECCKTs Account Group Sections PGRTND (CSRR-9) = Pages Returned CSRSIZE (CSRR-10) = CSR Size
PAM03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use)
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
83
M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
84
Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference Position: 1500 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required. 2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required. 3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: DTM*097*D/TSENT{CCYYMMDD} (CSRR-4)*D/TSENT{HHMM} (CSRR-4) DTM*600*CSR DATE{CCYYMMDD} (CSRR-7b) DTM*825****UN*ORIGDATE (CSRR-16)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 097 Transaction Creation 600 As Of 825 Original Due Date DTM02 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two
digits of the calendar year D/TSENT (CSRR-4) = Date Sent
CSR DATE (CSRR-7b) = CSR Date DTM03 337 Time X 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS,
or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
D/TSENT{HHMM} (CSRR-4) = Time Sent DTM05 1250 Date Time Period Format Qualifier X 1 ID 2/3 Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format UN Unstructured DTM06 1251 Date Time Period X 1 AN 1/35 Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and
times ORIGDATE (CSRR-16) = Original Service Established Date
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
85
Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 1850 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics
qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*IR*TXACT (CSRR-6)*IQ*TXTYP (CSRR-5)*BT*CS (CSRR-17)*CN*ECCKT
(CSRR-14) SI*TI*LB*LTXACT (CSRR-154)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service
characteristics IR Transaction Activity LB Listing Activity Indicator M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service TXACT (CSRR-6) = Transaction Activity
LTXACT (CSRR-154) = LSTR Transaction Activity SI04 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier X 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service
characteristics IQ Inquiry Type SI05 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service TXTYP (CSRR-5) = Transaction Type SI06 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier X 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service
characteristics BT Basic Service Type SI07 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service CS (CSRR-17) = Class of Service
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
86
SI08 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier X 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service
characteristics CN Circuit Number Identification SI09 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service ECCKT (CSRR-14) = Exchange Company Circuit ID
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
87
Segment: PID Product/Item Description Position: 1900 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 200 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format Syntax Notes: 1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required. 2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required. 3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required. 4 If PID08 is present, then PID04 is required. 5 If PID09 is present, then PID05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list
being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description
codes. 3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified
in PID04. A "Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item; an "N" indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.
4 PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05. Comments: 1 If PID01 equals "F", then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals "S", then
PID04 is used. If PID01 equals "X", then both PID04 and PID05 are used.
2 Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in the segment.
3 PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.
Notes: PID*S**TI*USOCDESAV***SO-RSQ*USOCDESCAVAIL (CSRR-7) PID*X**TI*ACCTDESC*ACCTDESC (CSRR-21) PID*X**TI*SERVIND*SERVIND (CSRR-15) PID*X**TI*STATIND*STATIND (CSRR-20) PID*X**TI*VCSRIND*VCSR (CSRR-7a)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PID01 349 Item Description Type M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description S Structured (From Industry Code List) X Semi-structured (Code and Text) PID03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry PID04 751 Product Description Code X 1 AN 1/12 A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a
product characteristic ACCTDESC Account Descriptor SERVIND Service Indicator STATIND Status Indicator USOCDESA
V USOC Description Available Indicator
VCSRIND Virtual CSR Indicator
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
88
PID05 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their
content ACCTDESC (CSRR-21) = Account Descriptor
SERVIND (CSRR-15) = Service Indicator STATIND (CSRR-20) = Status Indicator VCSR (CSRR-7a) = Virtual Customer Service Record Indicator
PID07 822 Source Subqualifier O 1 AN 1/15 A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source
Qualifier SO-RSQ Service Order - Resellers Questions List PID08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response USOCDESAVAIL (CSRR-7) = English USOC Description Indicator N No
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
89
Segment: N1 Name Position: 3000 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*78*CCNA (CSRR-1)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual 78 Service Requester N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name CCNA (CSRR-1) = Customer Carrier Name Abbreviation
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
90
Segment: N1 Name Position: 3000 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*EV*RSID (CSRR-18)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual EV Selling Agent N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name RSID (CSRR-18) = Reseller ID
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
91
Segment: N1 Name Position: 3000 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*EN*CUSTCODE (CSRR-19)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual EN End User N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name CUSTCODE (CSRR-19) = Customer Code
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
92
Segment: N1 Name Position: 3000 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*BY**25*CC (CSRR-2)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual BY Buying Party (Purchaser) N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for
Identification Code (67) 25 Carrier's Customer Code N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code CC (CSRR-2) = Company Code
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
93
Segment: N1 Name Position: 3000 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*CA**25*LCC (CSRR-153)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual CA Carrier N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for
Identification Code (67) 25 Carrier's Customer Code N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code LCC (CSRR-153) = LSTR Company Code
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
94
Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - BAD Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs
per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*BAD [PO1 Loop will be used if RESPONSE (CSRR-11) = 'B' or MIXTYPE (CSRR-12) = 'E', 'F', or 'I']
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "BAD"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
95
Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 3000 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:
Notes: QTY*03*ERRNUM (CSRR-137)*EA
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity 03 Discreet Quantity - Rejected Material QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity ERRNUM (CSRR-137) = Number of Error Codes QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
96
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 3500 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*1Q*ERRCODE (CSRR-138)*ERR [N9 Loop repeats ERRNUM (CSRR-137) times]
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 1Q Error Identification Code Qualifies a single number that describes an error
found in application-level data N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier ERRCODE (CSRR-138) = Error Code N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "ERR"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
97
Segment: MTX Text Position: 3600 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",
then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**ERRMESG (CSRR-139)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text ERRMESG (CSRR-139) = Error Message
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
98
Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - ERROR DETAILS SECTION Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs
per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*BADLST [PO1 Loop will be used if LRESPONSE (CSRR-155) = 'B']
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "BADLST"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
99
Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 3000 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:
Notes: QTY*03*LERRNUM (CSRR-196)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity 03 Discreet Quantity - Rejected Material QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity LERRNUM (CSRR-196) = Number of Errors
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
100
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 3500 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*1Q*LERRCODE (CSRR-197) [N9 Loop repeats LERRNUM (CSRR-196) times]
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 1Q Error Identification Code Qualifies a single number that describes an error
found in application-level data N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier LERRCODE (CSRR-197) = Error Code
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
101
Segment: MTX Text Position: 3600 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",
then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**LERRMESG (CSRR-198)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text LERRMESG (CSRR-198) = Error Message
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
102
Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - FILE NAME and PATH SECTION Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs
per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*PATH [PO1 Loop will be used if MIXTYPE (CSRR-12) = 'F']
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "PATH"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
103
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 3500 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*EV*FILENAMEPATH
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification EV Receiver Identification Number A unique number identifying the organization/site
location designated to receive the current transmitted transaction set
N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier "FILENAMEPATH"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
104
Segment: MTX Text Position: 3600 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",
then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**FILENAMEPATH (CSRR-136)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text FILENAMEPATH (CSRR-136) = File Name and Path
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
105
Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - WTN/ECCKT ERROR SECTION Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs
per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*BADWTN [PO1 Loop will be used if RESPONSE (CSRR-11) = 'M' and MIXTYPE (CSRR-12) = 'T']
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "BADWTN"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
106
Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 3000 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:
Notes: QTY*03*ERRNUM (CSRR-141)*EA
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity 03 Discreet Quantity - Rejected Material QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity ERRNUM (CSRR-141) = Number of Error Codes QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
107
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 3500 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*82*ERRSUMMSG
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 82 Data Item Description (DID) Reference Specific data elements that the government will ask
a contractor to provide and are spelled out in specific requirement documents
N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier "ERRSUMMSG"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
108
Segment: MTX Text Position: 3600 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",
then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**ERRSUMMSG (CSRR-140)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text ERRSUMMSG (CSRR-140) = Error Summary Message
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
109
Segment: SLN Subline Item Detail Position: 4900 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify product subline detail item data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SLN04 or SLN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If SLN07 is present, then SLN06 is required. 3 If SLN08 is present, then SLN06 is required. 4 If either SLN09 or SLN10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SLN11 or SLN12 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SLN13 or SLN14 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SLN15 or SLN16 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SLN17 or SLN18 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SLN19 or SLN20 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either SLN21 or SLN22 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either SLN23 or SLN24 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either SLN25 or SLN26 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either SLN27 or SLN28 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SLN01 is the identifying number for the subline item. 2 SLN02 is the identifying number for the subline level. The subline
level is analogous to the level code used in a bill of materials. 3 SLN03 is the configuration code indicating the relationship of the
subline item to the baseline item. 4 SLN08 is a code indicating the relationship of the price or amount to
the associated segment. Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 SLN01 is related to (but not necessarily equivalent to) the baseline
item number. Example: 1.1 or 1A might be used as a subline number to relate to baseline number 1.
3 SLN09 through SLN28 provide for ten different product/service IDs for each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Notes: SLN*ERRINFO*n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats ERRNUM (CSRR-141) times]
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SLN01 350 Assigned Identification M 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "ERRINFO" SLN02 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within SLN loop M SLN03 662 Relationship Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the relationship between entities A Add SLN04 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity 1 Always One
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
110
SLN05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
111
Segment: MTX Text Position: 4950 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",
then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**ERRMSG (CSRR-145)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text ERRMSG (CSRR-145) = Error Message
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
112
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*1Q*INDEXID (CSRR-142)*INDEXID
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 1Q Error Identification Code Qualifies a single number that describes an error
found in application-level data N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier INDEXID (CSRR-142) = Index ID N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "INDEXID"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
113
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*1Q*WTN/ECCKT (CSRR-143)*WTN/ECCKT
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 1Q Error Identification Code Qualifies a single number that describes an error
found in application-level data N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier WTN/ECCKT (CSRR-143) = WTN/ECCKT N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "WTN/ECCKT"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
114
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*1Q*ERRTYPE (CSRR-144)*ERRTYPE
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 1Q Error Identification Code Qualifies a single number that describes an error
found in application-level data N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier ERRTYPE (CSRR-144) = Error Type N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "ERRTYPE"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
115
Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - MULTIPLE MATCH SECTION Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs
per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*MULTIPLE [PO1 Loop will be used if RESPONSE (CSRR-11) = 'M' and MIXTYPE (CSRR-12) = 'M']
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "MULTIPLE"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
116
Segment: PID Product/Item Description Position: 0500 Loop: PID Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format Syntax Notes: 1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required. 2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required. 3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required. 4 If PID08 is present, then PID04 is required. 5 If PID09 is present, then PID05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list
being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description
codes. 3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified
in PID04. A "Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item; an "N" indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.
4 PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05. Comments: 1 If PID01 equals "F", then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals "S", then
PID04 is used. If PID01 equals "X", then both PID04 and PID05 are used.
2 Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in the segment.
3 PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.
Notes: PID*X**TI*ACCTDESC*ACCTDESC (CSRR-135)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PID01 349 Item Description Type M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description X Semi-structured (Code and Text) PID03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry PID04 751 Product Description Code X 1 AN 1/12 A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a
product characteristic ACCTDESC Account Descriptor PID05 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their
content ACCTDESC (CSRR-135) = Account Descriptor
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
117
Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 3000 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:
Notes: QTY*76*MATCHNUM (CSRR-108)*EA
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity 76 Returns QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity MATCHNUM (CSRR-108) = Number of Matches QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
118
Segment: SLN Subline Item Detail Position: 4900 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify product subline detail item data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SLN04 or SLN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If SLN07 is present, then SLN06 is required. 3 If SLN08 is present, then SLN06 is required. 4 If either SLN09 or SLN10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SLN11 or SLN12 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SLN13 or SLN14 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SLN15 or SLN16 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SLN17 or SLN18 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SLN19 or SLN20 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either SLN21 or SLN22 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either SLN23 or SLN24 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either SLN25 or SLN26 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either SLN27 or SLN28 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SLN01 is the identifying number for the subline item. 2 SLN02 is the identifying number for the subline level. The subline
level is analogous to the level code used in a bill of materials. 3 SLN03 is the configuration code indicating the relationship of the
subline item to the baseline item. 4 SLN08 is a code indicating the relationship of the price or amount to
the associated segment. Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 SLN01 is related to (but not necessarily equivalent to) the baseline
item number. Example: 1.1 or 1A might be used as a subline number to relate to baseline number 1.
3 SLN09 through SLN28 provide for ten different product/service IDs for each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Notes: SLN*MATCH*n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats MATCHNUM (CSRR-108) times]
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SLN01 350 Assigned Identification M 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "MATCH" SLN02 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within SLN loop M SLN03 662 Relationship Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the relationship between entities A Add SLN04 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity 1 Always One
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
119
SLN05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
120
Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 5000 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics
qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*BT*CS (CSRR-133)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service
characteristics BT Basic Service Type M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service CS (CSRR-133) = Class of Service
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
121
Segment: PID Product/Item Description Position: 5100 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1000 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format Syntax Notes: 1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required. 2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required. 3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required. 4 If PID08 is present, then PID04 is required. 5 If PID09 is present, then PID05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list
being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description
codes. 3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified
in PID04. A "Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item; an "N" indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.
4 PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05. Comments: 1 If PID01 equals "F", then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals "S", then
PID04 is used. If PID01 equals "X", then both PID04 and PID05 are used.
2 Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in the segment.
3 PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.
Notes: PID*X**TI*STATIND*STATIND (CSRR-134)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PID01 349 Item Description Type M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description X Semi-structured (Code and Text) PID03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry PID04 751 Product Description Code X 1 AN 1/12 A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a
product characteristic STATIND Status Indicator PID05 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their
content STATIND (CSRR-134) = Account Status Indicator
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
122
Segment: N1 Name Position: 5760 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*BY*CUST
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual BY Buying Party (Purchaser) N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name "CUST"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
123
Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 5780 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: N2*CUSTNAME (CSRR-111)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N201 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name CUSTNAME (CSRR-111) = Customer Name
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
124
Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 5900 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may
be adequate to specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.
Notes: N4**STATE (CSRR-131)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N402 156 State or Province Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government
agency STATE (CSRR-131) = State/Province
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
125
Segment: NX2 Location ID Component Position: 6000 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To define types and values of a geographic location Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: NX2*01*SANO (CSRR-114) NX2*02*SASN (CSRR-117) NX2*03*SASD (CSRR-116) NX2*07*CITY (CSRR-130) NX2*40*SASS (CSRR-119) NX2*59*SAPR (CSRR-113) NX2*61*SASF (CSRR-115) NX2*62*SATH (CSRR-118)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M NX201 1106 Address Component Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code qualifying the type of address component 01 Street Number 02 Street Name 03 Prefix Direction 07 City Name 40 Street Suffix 59 Street Number Low 61 Street Number Fraction 62 Street Name Suffix M NX202 166 Address Information M 1 AN 1/55 Address information SANO (CSRR-114) = Service Address Number
SASN (CSRR-117) = Service Address Street Name SASD (CSRR-116) = Service Address Street Directional Prefix CITY (CSRR-130) = City SASS (CSRR-119) = Service Address Street Directional Suffix SAPR (CSRR-113) = Service Address Number Prefix SASF (CSRR-115) = Service Address Number Suffix SATH (CSRR-118) = Service Address Street Type
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
126
Segment: REF Reference Identification Position: 6100 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:
Notes: REF*11*AN (CSRR-110)*AN REF*IX*REFNUM (CSRR-109)*REFNUM
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 11 Account Number Number identifies a telecommunications industry
account IX Item Number REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier AN (CSRR-110) = Account Number
REFNUM (CSRR-109) = Reference Number REF03 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their
content "AN"
"REFNUM"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
127
Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - LISTINGS SECTION Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs
per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*LIST [PO1 Loop will be used if RESPONSE (CSRR-11) = 'G' and SERVIND (CSRR-14a) = 'T' or RESPONSE (CSRR-11= 'M' and MIXTYPE (CSRR-12) = 'I' or 'T']
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "LIST"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
128
Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 3000 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:
Notes: QTY*N4*LFIDNUM (CSRR-61)*EA
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity N4 Number of Times QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity LFIDNUM (CSRR-61) = Number of Left Handed Field Identifiers QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
129
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 3500 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*H7*LOC*AAI
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification H7 Standard Clause N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier LOC Location Instructions N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "AAI"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
130
Segment: MTX Text Position: 3600 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",
then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**AAI (CSRR-57)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text AAI (CSRR-57) = Address Additional Information
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
131
Segment: N1 Name Position: 3700 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*DH*LISTADD
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual DH Doing Business As N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name "LISTADD"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
132
Segment: IN2 Individual Name Structure Components Position: 3850 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To sequence individual name components for maximum specificity Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: IN2*01*TITLE1 (CSRR-28)*TITLE1 IN2*01*TITLE2 (CSRR-29)*TITLE2 IN2*02*LNFN (CSRR-25)*LNFN (CSRR-25) IN2*05*LNLN (CSRR-24) IN2*10*TL (CSRR-27)*TL IN2*18*NICK (CSRR-30) IN2*21*DES (CSRR-26)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M IN201 1104 Name Component Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of name component 01 Prefix 02 First Name 05 Last Name 10 Generation 18 Preferred First Name or Nickname 21 Professional Title M IN202 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name TITLE1 (CSRR-28) = Title of Address 1
TITLE2 (CSRR-29) = Title of Address 2 LNFN (CSRR-25) = Listed Name First LNLN (CSRR-24) = Listed Name Last TL (CSRR-27) = Title of Lineage NICK (CSRR-30) = Nickname DES (CSRR-26) = Designation
IN203 93 Name O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name LNFN (CSRR-25) = Listed Name First
"TITLE1" "TITLE2" "TL"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
133
Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 4000 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may
be adequate to specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.
Notes: N4**LAST (CSRR-40)*LAZC (CSRR-41)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N402 156 State or Province Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government
agency LAST (CSRR-40) = Listed Address State/Province N403 116 Postal Code O 1 ID 3/15 Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and
blanks (zip code for United States) LAZC (CSRR-41) = Listed Address Zip/Postal Code
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
134
Segment: NX2 Location ID Component Position: 4050 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To define types and values of a geographic location Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: NX2*01*LANO (CSRR-32) NX2*02*LASN (CSRR-35) NX2*03*LASD (CSRR-34) NX2*07*LALOC (CSRR-39) NX2*18*LALO (CSRR-38) NX2*40*LASS (CSRR-37) NX2*59*LAPR (CSRR-31) NX2*61*LASF (CSRR-33) NX2*62*LATH (CSRR-36)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M NX201 1106 Address Component Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code qualifying the type of address component 01 Street Number 02 Street Name 03 Prefix Direction 07 City Name 18 Unstructured Mailing Address 40 Street Suffix 59 Street Number Low 61 Street Number Fraction 62 Street Name Suffix M NX202 166 Address Information M 1 AN 1/55 Address information LANO (CSRR-32) = Listed Address Number
LASN (CSRR-35) = Listed Address Street Name LASD (CSRR-34) = Listed Address Street Directional Prefix LALOC (CSRR-39) = Listed Address Locality LALO (CSRR-38) = Listed Address Location LASS (CSRR-37) = Listed Address Street Directional Suffix LAPR (CSRR-31) = Listed Address Number Prefix LASF (CSRR-33) = Listed Address Number Suffix LATH (CSRR-36) = Listed Address Street Type
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
135
Segment: N1 Name Position: 3700 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*IT*NAME (CSRR-42)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual IT Installation on Site N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name NAME (CSRR-42) = Listed Name
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
136
Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 4000 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may
be adequate to specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.
Notes: N4**STATE (CSRR-59)*ZIP (CSRR-60)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N402 156 State or Province Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government
agency STATE (CSRR-59) = State/Province N403 116 Postal Code O 1 ID 3/15 Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and
blanks (zip code for United States) ZIP (CSRR-60) = ZIP/Postal Code
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
137
Segment: NX2 Location ID Component Position: 4050 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To define types and values of a geographic location Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: NX2*01*SANO (CSRR-45) NX2*02*SASN (CSRR-48) NX2*03*SASD (CSRR-47) NX2*07*CITY (CSRR-58) NX2*40*SASS (CSRR-50) NX2*59*SAPR (CSRR-44) NX2*61*SASF (CSRR-46) NX2*62*SATH (CSRR-49) NX2*LD1 (CSRR-51)*LV1 (CSRR-52) NX2*LD2 (CSRR-53)*LV2 (CSRR-54) NX2*LD3 (CSRR-55)*LV3 (CSRR-56)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M NX201 1106 Address Component Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code qualifying the type of address component LD1 (CSRR-51) = Location Designator 1
13 = (DWS : APT) 34 = (DWS : LOT) 35 = (DWS : RM) 36 = (DWS : SLIP) 37 = (DWS : UNIT) 14 = (DWS : SUIT) LD2 (CSRR-53) = Location Designator 2 32 = (DWS : FLR) LD3 (CSRR-55) = Location Designator 3 12 = (DWS : BLDG) 63 = (DWS : WNG) 30 = (DWS : PIER)
01 Street Number 02 Street Name 03 Prefix Direction 07 City Name 12 Building Name 13 Apartment Number 14 Suite Number 30 Pier The pier at which a ship or boat is docked 32 Floor A particular floor or level of a building
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
138
34 Lot A particular lot or piece of land 35 Room A walled room or partitioned area of a building 36 Slip The slip or location on a pier at which a ship or boat
is docked 37 Unit A unit or separate structure 40 Street Suffix 59 Street Number Low 61 Street Number Fraction 62 Street Name Suffix 63 Secondary Unit Identifier M NX202 166 Address Information M 1 AN 1/55 Address information SANO (CSRR-45) = Street Address Number
SASN (CSRR-48) = Service Address Street Name SASD (CSRR-47) = Service Address Street Directional Prefix CITY (CSRR-58) = City SASS (CSRR-50) = Service Address Street Directional Suffix SAPR (CSRR-44) = Service Address Number Prefix SASF (CSRR-46) = Service Address Number Suffix SATH (CSRR-49) = Service Address Street Type LV1 (CSRR-52) = Location Value 1 LV2 (CSRR-54) = Location Value 2 LV3 (CSRR-56) = Location Value 3
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
139
Segment: SLN Subline Item Detail Position: 4900 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify product subline detail item data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SLN04 or SLN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If SLN07 is present, then SLN06 is required. 3 If SLN08 is present, then SLN06 is required. 4 If either SLN09 or SLN10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SLN11 or SLN12 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SLN13 or SLN14 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SLN15 or SLN16 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SLN17 or SLN18 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SLN19 or SLN20 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either SLN21 or SLN22 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either SLN23 or SLN24 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either SLN25 or SLN26 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either SLN27 or SLN28 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SLN01 is the identifying number for the subline item. 2 SLN02 is the identifying number for the subline level. The subline
level is analogous to the level code used in a bill of materials. 3 SLN03 is the configuration code indicating the relationship of the
subline item to the baseline item. 4 SLN08 is a code indicating the relationship of the price or amount to
the associated segment. Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 SLN01 is related to (but not necessarily equivalent to) the baseline
item number. Example: 1.1 or 1A might be used as a subline number to relate to baseline number 1.
3 SLN09 through SLN28 provide for ten different product/service IDs for each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Notes: SLN*FID*n*A*1*EA****SH*RTY (CSRR-64a) [SLN Loop repeats LFIDNUM (CSRR-61) times]
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SLN01 350 Assigned Identification M 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "FID" SLN02 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within SLN loop M SLN03 662 Relationship Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the relationship between entities A Add SLN04 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
140
1 Always One SLN05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each SLN09 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) SH Service Requested A numeric or alphanumeric code from a list of
services available to the customer SLN10 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service RTY (CSRR-64a) = Record Type
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
141
Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 5000 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics
qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*BO*BRO (CSRR-64u)
SI*TI*BR*TOA (CSRR-60a) SI*TI*LB*ALI (CSRR-64n) SI*TI*LE*LTY (CSRR-64b) SI*TI*LN*LTN (CSRR-64f) SI*TI*NS*NSTN (CSRR-64c) SI*TI*TW*STYC (CSRR-64e)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service
characteristics BO Business/Residence Placement Override BR Directory Listins Type of Account LB Listing Activity Indicator LE Listing Type LN Listed Telephone Number NS Non-Standard Telephone Number TW Style Code M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service BRO (CSRR-64u) = Business/Residence Placement Override
TOA (CSRR-60a) = Type of Account ALI (CSRR-64n) = Alphanumeric Listing Identifier Code LTY (CSRR-64b) = Listing Type LTN (CSRR-64f) = Listed Telephone Number NSTN (CSRR-64c) = Non-Standard Telephone Number STYC (CSRR-64e) = Style Code
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
142
Segment: PID Product/Item Description Position: 5100 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1000 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format Syntax Notes: 1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required. 2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required. 3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required. 4 If PID08 is present, then PID04 is required. 5 If PID09 is present, then PID05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list
being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description
codes. 3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified
in PID04. A "Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item; an "N" indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.
4 PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05. Comments: 1 If PID01 equals "F", then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals "S", then
PID04 is used. If PID01 equals "X", then both PID04 and PID05 are used.
2 Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in the segment.
3 PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.
Notes: PID*S**TI*AR***SO-RSQ*OMTN (CSRR-64d) PID*S**TI*AS***SO-RSQ*LNPL (CSRR-64g) PID*S**TI*AT***SO-RSQ*ADI (CSRR-64q) PID*S**TI*AW***SO-RSQ*DML (CSRR-64r) PID*S**TI*AX***SO-RSQ*NOSL (CSRR-64s) PID*S**TI*AY***SO-RSQ*TMKT (CSRR-64t)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PID01 349 Item Description Type M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description S Structured (From Industry Code List) PID03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry PID04 751 Product Description Code X 1 AN 1/12 A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a
product characteristic AR Omit Telephone Number AS Listed Name Placement AT Address Indicator AW Direct Mail List AX No Solicitation Indicator AY Telemarketing
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
143
PID07 822 Source Subqualifier O 1 AN 1/15 A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source
Qualifier SO-RSQ Service Order - Reseller Questions PID08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response OMTN (CSRR-64d) = Omit Telephone Number (TN)
Y = (DWS: O - Omit) Blank, Not Populated = (DWS: Blank - Do Not Omit) LNPL (CSRR-64g) = Letter Name Placement Y = (DWS: L - Letter Placement) Blank, Not Populated = (DWS: Blank - Default to Letter Placement) ADI (CSRR-64q) = Address Indicator Y = (DWS: O - Omit Address in DA and Directory) Blank, Not Populated = (DWS: Blank - Do Not Omit) DML (CSRR-64r) = Direct Mail List Y = (DWS: 0 - Omit) Blank, Not Populated = (DWS: Blank - Do Not Omit) TMKT (CSRR-64t) = Telemarketing Y = (DWS: O - Omit from Telemarketing) Blank, Not Populated = (DWS: Blank - Do Not Omit) NOSL (CSRR-64s) = No Solicitation Indicator
Y Yes
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
144
Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 5590 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:
Notes: QTY*N4*FFIDNUM (CSRR-65)*EA
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity N4 Number of Times QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity FFIDNUM (CSRR-65) = Number of Floating Field Identifiers QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
145
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*82*PLA
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 82 Data Item Description (DID) Reference Specific data elements that the government will ask
a contractor to provide and are spelled out in specific requirement documents
N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier "PLA"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
146
Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",
then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**PLA (CSRR-64h)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text PLA (CSRR-64h) = Place Listing As
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
147
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*82*LTXTY*LTXTY (CSRR-64o)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 82 Data Item Description (DID) Reference Specific data elements that the government will ask
a contractor to provide and are spelled out in specific requirement documents
N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier "LTXTY" N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text LTXTY (CSRR-64o) = Listing Text Type
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
148
Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",
then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**LTEXT (CSRR-64p)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text LTEXT (CSRR-64p) = Listing Text
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
149
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*JH*LFID (CSRR-63)*LFID
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification JH Tag N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier LFID (CSRR-63) = Left Handed Field Identifier N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "LFID"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
150
Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",
then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**LFIDDATA (CSRR-64)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text LFIDDATA (CSRR-64) = Left Handed Field Identifier Data
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
151
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*JH*FFID (CSRR-66)*FFID [N9 Loop repeats FFIDNUM (CSRR-65) times]
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification JH Tag N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier FFID (CSRR-66) = Floating Field Identifier N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "FFID"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
152
Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",
then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**FFIDDATA (CSRR-67)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text FFIDDATA (CSRR-67) = Floating Field Identifier Data
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
153
Segment: N1 Name Position: 5760 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*DH*LISTINGS
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual DH Doing Business As N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name "LISTINGS"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
154
Segment: IN2 Individual Name Structure Components Position: 5790 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To sequence individual name components for maximum specificity Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: IN2*01*TITLE1D (CSRR-64m)*TITLE1D IN2*10*TL (CSRR-64i)*TL IN2*10*TLD (CSRR-64k*TLD IN2*12*DESD (CSRR-64l)*DESD
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M IN201 1104 Name Component Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of name component 01 Prefix 10 Generation 12 Combined (Unstructured) Name M IN202 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name TITLE1D (CSRR-64m) = Title of Address 1 for Dual Name
TL (CSRR-64i) = Title of Lineage TLD (CSRR-64k) = Title of Lineage for Dual Name DESD (CSRR-64l) = Designation for Dual Name
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
155
Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - BILLING SECTION Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs
per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*BILL [PO1 Loop will be used if RESPONSE (CSRR-11) = 'G' or RESPONSE (CSRR-11) = 'M' and MIXTYPE (CSRR-12) = 'I' or 'T']
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "BILL"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
156
Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 3000 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:
Notes: QTY*N4*LFIDNUM (CSRR-76)*EA
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity N4 Number of Times QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity LFIDNUM (CSRR-76) = Number of Left Handed Field Identifiers QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
157
Segment: N1 Name Position: 3700 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*X1*BILLNM (CSRR-68)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual XI Original Claimant N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name BILLNM (CSRR-68) = Bill Name
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
158
Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 3800 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: N2*SBILLNM (CSRR-69)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N201 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name SBILLNM (CSR-69) = Secondary Bill Name
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
159
Segment: N1 Name Position: 3700 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*IT*BADD
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual IT Installation on Site N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name "BADD"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
160
Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 4000 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may
be adequate to specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.
Notes: N4**STATE (CSRR-74)*ZIP (CSRR-75)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N402 156 State or Province Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government
agency STATE (CSRR-74) = State/Province N403 116 Postal Code O 1 ID 3/15 Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and
blanks (zip code for United States) ZIP (CSRR-75) = ZIP/Postal Code
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
161
Segment: NX2 Location ID Component Position: 4050 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To define types and values of a geographic location Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: NX2*02*STREET (CSRR-70) NX2*07*CITY (CSRR-73) NX2*32*FLOOR (CSRR-71) NX2*35*ROOM/MAIL STOP (CSRR-72)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M NX201 1106 Address Component Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code qualifying the type of address component 02 Street Name 07 City Name 32 Floor A particular floor or level of a building 35 Room A walled room or partitioned area of a building M NX202 166 Address Information M 1 AN 1/55 Address information STREET (CSRR-70) = Street Address
CITY (CSRR-73) = City FLOOR (CSRR-71) = Floor ROOM/MAIL STOP (CSRR-72) = Room/Mail Stop
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
162
Segment: SLN Subline Item Detail Position: 4900 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify product subline detail item data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SLN04 or SLN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If SLN07 is present, then SLN06 is required. 3 If SLN08 is present, then SLN06 is required. 4 If either SLN09 or SLN10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SLN11 or SLN12 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SLN13 or SLN14 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SLN15 or SLN16 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SLN17 or SLN18 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SLN19 or SLN20 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either SLN21 or SLN22 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either SLN23 or SLN24 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either SLN25 or SLN26 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either SLN27 or SLN28 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SLN01 is the identifying number for the subline item. 2 SLN02 is the identifying number for the subline level. The subline
level is analogous to the level code used in a bill of materials. 3 SLN03 is the configuration code indicating the relationship of the
subline item to the baseline item. 4 SLN08 is a code indicating the relationship of the price or amount to
the associated segment. Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 SLN01 is related to (but not necessarily equivalent to) the baseline
item number. Example: 1.1 or 1A might be used as a subline number to relate to baseline number 1.
3 SLN09 through SLN28 provide for ten different product/service IDs for each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Notes: SLN*FID*n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats LFIDNUM (CSRR-76) times]
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SLN01 350 Assigned Identification M 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "FID" SLN02 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within SLN loop M SLN03 662 Relationship Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the relationship between entities A Add SLN04 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity 1 Always One
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
163
SLN05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
164
Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 5590 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:
Notes: QTY*N4*FFIDNUM (CSRR-79)*EA
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity N4 Number of Times QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity FFIDNUM (CSRR-79) = Number of Floating Field Identifiers QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
165
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*JH*LFID (CSRR-77)*LFID
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification JH Tag N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier LFID (CSRR-77) = Left Handed Field Identifier N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "LFID"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
166
Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",
then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**LFIDDATA (CSRR-78)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text LFIDDATA (CSRR-78) = Left Handed Field Identifier Data
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
167
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*JH*FFID (CSRR-80)*FFID [N9 Loop repeats FFIDNUM (CSRR-79) times]
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification JH Tag N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier FFID (CSRR-80) = Floating Field Identifier N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "FFID"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
168
Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",
then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**FFIDDATA (CSRR-81)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text FFIDDATA (CSRR-81) = Floating Field Identifier Data
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
169
Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - USOC SECTION (Services and Equipment Section)
Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs
per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*SEUSOC [PO1 Loop will be used if RESPONSE (CSRR-11) = 'G' or RESPONSE (CSRR-11) = 'M' and MIXTYPE (CSRR-12) = 'I' or 'T']
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "SEUSOC"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
170
Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 3000 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:
Notes: QTY*P6*USOCNUM (CSRR-82)*EA
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity P6 Number of Services or Procedures QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity USOCNUM (CSRR-82) = Number of Universal Service Order Codes QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
171
Segment: SLN Subline Item Detail Position: 4900 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify product subline detail item data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SLN04 or SLN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If SLN07 is present, then SLN06 is required. 3 If SLN08 is present, then SLN06 is required. 4 If either SLN09 or SLN10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SLN11 or SLN12 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SLN13 or SLN14 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SLN15 or SLN16 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SLN17 or SLN18 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SLN19 or SLN20 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either SLN21 or SLN22 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either SLN23 or SLN24 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either SLN25 or SLN26 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either SLN27 or SLN28 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SLN01 is the identifying number for the subline item. 2 SLN02 is the identifying number for the subline level. The subline
level is analogous to the level code used in a bill of materials. 3 SLN03 is the configuration code indicating the relationship of the
subline item to the baseline item. 4 SLN08 is a code indicating the relationship of the price or amount to
the associated segment. Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 SLN01 is related to (but not necessarily equivalent to) the baseline
item number. Example: 1.1 or 1A might be used as a subline number to relate to baseline number 1.
3 SLN09 through SLN28 provide for ten different product/service IDs for each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Notes: SLN*USOC*n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats USOCNUM (CSRR-82) times]
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SLN01 350 Assigned Identification M 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "USOC" SLN02 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within SLN loop M SLN03 662 Relationship Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the relationship between entities A Add SLN04 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity 1 Always One
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
172
SLN05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
173
Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 5590 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:
Notes: QTY*N4*FFIDNUM (CSRR-89)*EA
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity N4 Number of Times QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity FFIDNUM (CSRR-89) = Number of Floating Field Identifiers QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
174
Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 5590 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:
Notes: QTY*P6*USOCQTY (CSRR-85)*EA
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity P6 Number of Services or Procedures QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity USOCQTY (CSRR-85) = Quantity QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
175
Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 5610 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics
qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*SC*USOC (CSRR-83)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service
characteristics SC Service Category M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service USOC (CSRR-83) = Universal Service Order Code
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
176
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*JH*FFID (CSRR-90)*FFID [N9 Loop repeats FFIDNUM (CSRR-89) times]
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification JH Tag N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier FFID (CSRR-90) = Floating Field Identifier N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "FFID"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
177
Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",
then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**FFIDDATA (CSRR-91)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text FFIDDATA (CSRR-91) = Floating Field Identifier Data
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
178
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*P4*USOCDESC
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification P4 Project Code N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier "USOCDESC"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
179
Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",
then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**USOCDESC (CSRR-84)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text USOCDESC (CSRR-84) = English USOC Description
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
180
Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - MAJOR HEADING SECTION (Services and Equipment Section)
Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs
per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*SEMAJHD [PO1 Loop will be used if RESPONSE (CSRR-11) = 'G' or RESPONSE (CSRR-11) = 'M' and MIXTYPE (CSRR-12) = 'I' or 'T'] [PO1 Loop repeats MAJHDNUM (CSRR-92) times]
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "SEMAJHD"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
181
Segment: PID Product/Item Description Position: 0500 Loop: PID Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format Syntax Notes: 1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required. 2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required. 3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required. 4 If PID08 is present, then PID04 is required. 5 If PID09 is present, then PID05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list
being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description
codes. 3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified
in PID04. A "Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item; an "N" indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.
4 PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05. Comments: 1 If PID01 equals "F", then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals "S", then
PID04 is used. If PID01 equals "X", then both PID04 and PID05 are used.
2 Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in the segment.
3 PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.
Notes: PID*X**TI*HEADNAME (CSRR-93)*HEADDTL (CSRR-94)**MAJHD
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PID01 349 Item Description Type M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description X Semi-structured (Code and Text) PID03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry PID04 751 Product Description Code X 1 AN 1/12 A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a
product characteristic HEADNAME (CSRR-93) = Heading Name PID05 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their
content HEADDTL (CSRR-94) = Heading Details PID07 822 Source Subqualifier O 1 AN 1/15 A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source
Qualifier "MAJHD"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
182
Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 3000 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:
Notes: QTY*P6*USOCNUM (CSRR-98)*EA
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity P6 Number of Services or Procedures QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity USOCNUM (CSRR-98) = Number of Universal Service Order Codes QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
183
Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 3000 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:
Notes: QTY*N4*FFIDNUM (CSRR-95)*EA
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity N4 Number of Times QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity FFIDNUM (CSRR-95) = Number of Floating Field Identifiers QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
184
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 3500 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*JH*FFID (CSRR-96)*FFID [N9 Loop repeats FFIDNUM (CSRR-95) times]
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification JH Tag N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier FFID (CSRR-96) = Floating Field Identifier N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "FFID"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
185
Segment: MTX Text Position: 3600 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",
then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**FFIDDATA (CSRR-97)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text FFIDDATA (CSRR-97) = Floating Field Identifier Data
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
186
Segment: SLN Subline Item Detail Position: 4900 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify product subline detail item data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SLN04 or SLN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If SLN07 is present, then SLN06 is required. 3 If SLN08 is present, then SLN06 is required. 4 If either SLN09 or SLN10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SLN11 or SLN12 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SLN13 or SLN14 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SLN15 or SLN16 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SLN17 or SLN18 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SLN19 or SLN20 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either SLN21 or SLN22 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either SLN23 or SLN24 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either SLN25 or SLN26 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either SLN27 or SLN28 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SLN01 is the identifying number for the subline item. 2 SLN02 is the identifying number for the subline level. The subline
level is analogous to the level code used in a bill of materials. 3 SLN03 is the configuration code indicating the relationship of the
subline item to the baseline item. 4 SLN08 is a code indicating the relationship of the price or amount to
the associated segment. Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 SLN01 is related to (but not necessarily equivalent to) the baseline
item number. Example: 1.1 or 1A might be used as a subline number to relate to baseline number 1.
3 SLN09 through SLN28 provide for ten different product/service IDs for each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Notes: SLN*USOC*n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats USOCNUM (CSRR-98) times]
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SLN01 350 Assigned Identification M 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "USOC" SLN02 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within SLN loop M SLN03 662 Relationship Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the relationship between entities A Add SLN04 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity 1 Always One
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
187
SLN05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
188
Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 5590 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:
Notes: QTY*N4*FFIDNUM (CSRR-105)*EA
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity N4 Number of Times QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity FFIDNUM (CSRR-105) = Number of Floating Field Identifiers QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
189
Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 5590 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:
Notes: QTY*P6*USOCQTY (CSRR-101)*EA
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity P6 Number of Services or Procedures QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity USOCQTY (CSRR-101) = Quantity QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
190
Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 5610 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics
qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*SC*USOC (CSRR-99)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service
characteristics SC Service Category M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service USOC (CSRR-99) = Universal Service Order Code
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
191
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*JH*FFID (CSRR-106)*FFID [N9 Loop repeats FFIDNUM (CSRR-105) times]
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification JH Tag N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier FFID (CSRR-106) = Floating Field Identifier N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "FFID"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
192
Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",
then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**FFIDDATA (CSRR-107)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text FFIDDATA (CSRR-107) = Floating Field Identifier Data
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
193
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*P4*USOCDESC
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification P4 Project Code N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier "USOCDESC"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
194
Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",
then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**USOCDESC (CSRR-100)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text USOCDESC (CSRR-100) = English USOC Description
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
195
Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - FEATURE and FEATURE DETAIL SECTION (Services and Equipment Section)
Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs
per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*FEATURE [PO1 Loop will be used if RESPONSE (CSRR-11) = 'G' or RESPONSE (CSRR-11) = 'M' and MIXTYPE (CSRR-12) = 'I' or 'T'] [PO1 Loop repeats WTNSECNUM (CSRR-107b times]
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "FEATURE"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
196
Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 0180 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics
qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*LZ*LSCP (CSRR-107f)
SI*TI*PE*PUL (CSRR-107h) SI*TI*TB*BLOCK (CSRR-107g) SI*TI*WT*WTN (CSRR-107c)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service
characteristics LZ Freeze Local Service Provider PE Pulse Type TB Blocking/Billing Exception WT Working Telephone Number M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service LSCP (CSRR-107f) = Local Service Provider Change Prohibited
PUL (CSRR-107h) = Pulsing Type BLOCK (CSRR-107g) = BLOCK WTN (CSRR-107c) = Working Telephone Number
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
197
Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 3000 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:
Notes: QTY*AT*FEATNUM (CSRR-107s)*EA
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity AT Actual QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity FEATNUM (CSRR-107s) = Feature Number QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
198
Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 3000 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:
Notes: QTY*N4*LFIDNUM (CSRR-107i)*EA
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity N4 Number of Times QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity LFIDNUM (CSRR-107i) = Number of Left Handed Field Identifiers QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
199
Segment: N1 Name Position: 3700 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*P9**41*PIC
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual P9 Primary Interexchange Carrier (PIC) Identifies the carrier who will handle the
interexchange calls N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for
Identification Code (67) 41 Telecommunications Carrier Identification Code Identifies the Interexchange carrier for the charges
being billed N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code "PIC"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
200
Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 3800 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: N2*PIC (CSRR-107d)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N201 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name PIC (CSRR-107d) = InterLATA Pre-subscription Indicator Code
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
201
Segment: N1 Name Position: 3700 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*8V**41*LPIC
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual 8V Primary Intra-LATA (Local Access Transport Area)
Carrier N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for
Identification Code (67) 41 Telecommunications Carrier Identification Code Identifies the Interexchange carrier for the charges
being billed N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code "LPIC"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
202
Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 3800 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: N2*LPIC (CSRR-107e)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N201 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name LPIC (CSRR-107e) = IntraLATA Pre-subscription Indicator Code
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
203
Segment: SLN Subline Item Detail Position: 4900 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify product subline detail item data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SLN04 or SLN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If SLN07 is present, then SLN06 is required. 3 If SLN08 is present, then SLN06 is required. 4 If either SLN09 or SLN10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SLN11 or SLN12 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SLN13 or SLN14 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SLN15 or SLN16 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SLN17 or SLN18 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SLN19 or SLN20 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either SLN21 or SLN22 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either SLN23 or SLN24 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either SLN25 or SLN26 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either SLN27 or SLN28 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SLN01 is the identifying number for the subline item. 2 SLN02 is the identifying number for the subline level. The subline
level is analogous to the level code used in a bill of materials. 3 SLN03 is the configuration code indicating the relationship of the
subline item to the baseline item. 4 SLN08 is a code indicating the relationship of the price or amount to
the associated segment. Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 SLN01 is related to (but not necessarily equivalent to) the baseline
item number. Example: 1.1 or 1A might be used as a subline number to relate to baseline number 1.
3 SLN09 through SLN28 provide for ten different product/service IDs for each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Notes: SLN*FEATURE*n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats FEATNUM (CSRR-107s) times]
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SLN01 350 Assigned Identification M 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "FEATURE" SLN02 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within SLN loop M SLN03 662 Relationship Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the relationship between entities A Add SLN04 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity 1 Always One
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
204
SLN05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
205
Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 5590 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:
Notes: QTY*TO*FEATDETNUM (CSRR-107w)*EA
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity TO Total QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity FEATDETNUM (CSRR-107w) = Feature Detail Number QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
206
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*IX*FEATDET (CSRR-107s)*FEATDET [N9 Loop repeats FEATDETNUM (CSRR-107w) times]
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification IX Item Number N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier FEATDET (CSRR-107s) = Feature Detail N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "FEATDET"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
207
Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",
then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**FEATDETDATA (CSRR-107y)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text FEATDETDATA (CSRR-107y) = Feature Detail Data
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
208
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*IX*FEATQTY (CSRR-107t)*FEATQTY
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification IX Item Number N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier FEATQTY (CSRR-107t) = Feature Quantity N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "FEATQTY"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
209
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*L1*FEATURE (CSRR-107u)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification L1 Letters or Notes N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier FEATURE (CSRR-107u) = Feature
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
210
Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",
then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**USOCDESC (CSRR-107v)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text USOCDESC (CSRR-107v) = English USOC Description
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
211
Segment: SLN Subline Item Detail Position: 4900 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify product subline detail item data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SLN04 or SLN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If SLN07 is present, then SLN06 is required. 3 If SLN08 is present, then SLN06 is required. 4 If either SLN09 or SLN10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SLN11 or SLN12 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SLN13 or SLN14 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SLN15 or SLN16 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SLN17 or SLN18 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SLN19 or SLN20 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either SLN21 or SLN22 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either SLN23 or SLN24 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either SLN25 or SLN26 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either SLN27 or SLN28 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SLN01 is the identifying number for the subline item. 2 SLN02 is the identifying number for the subline level. The subline
level is analogous to the level code used in a bill of materials. 3 SLN03 is the configuration code indicating the relationship of the
subline item to the baseline item. 4 SLN08 is a code indicating the relationship of the price or amount to
the associated segment. Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 SLN01 is related to (but not necessarily equivalent to) the baseline
item number. Example: 1.1 or 1A might be used as a subline number to relate to baseline number 1.
3 SLN09 through SLN28 provide for ten different product/service IDs for each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Notes: SLN*FID*n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats LFIDNUM (CSRR-107i) times]
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SLN01 350 Assigned Identification M 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "FID" SLN02 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within SLN loop M SLN03 662 Relationship Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the relationship between entities A Add SLN04 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity 1 Always One
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
212
SLN05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
213
Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 5000 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics
qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*HG*HID (CSRR-107n)
SI*TI*HY*HNTYP (CSRR-107m) SI*TI*T5*TERS (CSRR-107l)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service
characteristics HG Hunt Group HY Hunt T5 Terminal Number M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service HID (CSRR-107n) = Hunt Group Identification
HNTYP (CSRR-107m) = Hunting Type Code TERS (CSRR-107l) = Terminal Numbers
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
214
Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 5590 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:
Notes: QTY*N4*FFIDNUM (CSRR-107p)*EA
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity N4 Number of Times QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity FFIDNUM (CSRR-107p) = Number of Floating FIDs QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
215
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*55*HTSEQ
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 55 Sequence Number N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier "HTSEQ"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
216
Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",
then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**HTSEQ (CSRR-107o)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text HTSEQ (CSRR-107o) = Hunting Sequence
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
217
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*JH*LFID (CSRR-107j)*LFID
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification JH Tag N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier LFID (CSRR-107j) = Left Handed Field Identifier N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "LFID"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
218
Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",
then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**LFIDDATA (CSRR-107k)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text LFIDDATA (CSRR-107k) = Left Handed Field Identifier Data
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
219
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*JH*FFID (CSRR-107q)*FFID [N9 Loop repeats FFIDNUM (CSRR-107p) times]
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification JH Tag N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier FFID (CSRR-107q) = Floating Field Identifier N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "FFID"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
220
Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",
then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**FFIDDATA (CSRR-107r)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text FFIDDATA (CSRR-107r) = Floating Field Identifier Data
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
221
Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - EXACT MATCH RESPONSE SECTION Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs
per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*EMRS*SH*RTY (CSRR-168)*LS*SO (CSRR-183) [PO1 Loop will be used if LRESPONSE (CSRR-155) = 'G']
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "EMRS" PO108 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) SH Service Requested
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
222
A numeric or alphanumeric code from a list of services available to the customer
PO109 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service RTY (CSRR-168) = Record Type PO110 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) LS Load Sequence PO111 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service SO (CSRR-183) = Sequence Override
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
223
Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 0180 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics
qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*BO*BRO (CSRR-173)
SI*TI*BR*TOA (CSRR-170) SI*TI*DB*DIRIDL (CSRR-161) SI*TI*DG*DOI (CSRR-171) SI*TI*DN*DIRNAME (CSRR-160) SI*TI*LE*LTY (CSRR-169) SI*TI*LN*LTN (CSRR-156) SI*TI*NS*NSTN (CSRR-175) SI*TI*TW*STYC (CSRR-182) SI*TI*TY*TOS (CSRR-159)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service
characteristics BO Business/Residence Placement Override BR Directory Listings Type of Account DB Directory Book DG Degree of Indent DN Directory Book Name LE Listing Type LN Listed Telephone Number NS Non-Standard Telephone Number TW Style Code TY Type of Service M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service BRO (CSRR-173) = Business/Residence Placement Override
TOA (CSRR-170) = Type of Account
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
224
DIRIDL (CSRR-161) = Directory Identifier DOI (CSRR-171) = Degree of Indent DIRNAME (CSRR-160) = Directory Name LTY (CSRR-169) = Listing Type LTN (CSRR-156) = Listed Telephone Number NSTN (CSRR-175) = Non-Standard Telephone Number STYC (CSRR-182) = Style Code TOS (CSRR-159) = Type of Service
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
225
Segment: PID Product/Item Description Position: 0500 Loop: PID Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format Syntax Notes: 1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required. 2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required. 3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required. 4 If PID08 is present, then PID04 is required. 5 If PID09 is present, then PID05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list
being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description
codes. 3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified
in PID04. A "Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item; an "N" indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.
4 PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05. Comments: 1 If PID01 equals "F", then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals "S", then
PID04 is used. If PID01 equals "X", then both PID04 and PID05 are used.
2 Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in the segment.
3 PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.
Notes: PID*S**TI*AR***SO-RSQ*OMTN (CSRR-178) PID*S**TI*AT***SO-RSQ*ADI (CSRR-180) PID*S**TI*AX***SO-RSQ*NOSL (CSRR-179) PID*S**TI*AY***SO-RSQ*TMKT (CSRR-172)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PID01 349 Item Description Type M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description S Structured (From Industry Code List) PID03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry PID04 751 Product Description Code X 1 AN 1/12 A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a
product characteristic AR Omit Telephone Number AT Address Indicator AX No Solicitation Indicator AY Telemarketing PID07 822 Source Subqualifier O 1 AN 1/15 A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source
Qualifier "SO-RSQ"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
226
PID08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response ADI (CSRR-180) = Address Indicator
Y = (DWS: O - Omit in DA and directory) Blank = (DWS: Blank, Not populated - Do not omit) OMTN (CSRR-178) = Omit Telephone Number (TN) Y = (DWS: O - Omit) Blank = (DWS: Blank, Not populated - Do Not Omit) TMKT (CSRR-172) = Telemarketing Y = (DWS: O - Omit from Telemarketing) Blank = (DWS: Blank, Not populated - Do not Omit) NOSL (CSRR-179) = No Solicitation Indicator
Y Yes
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
227
Segment: REF Reference Identification Position: 1000 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:
Notes: REF*6O*REF (CSRR-163) REF*LI*ALI (CSRR-167)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 6O Cross Reference Number LI Line Item Identifier (Seller's) REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier REF (CSRR-163) = Reference
ALI (CSRR-167) = Alphanumeric Listing Identifier Code
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
228
Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference Position: 2000 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required. 2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required. 3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: DTM*198*SCD{CCYYMMDD} (CSRR-157)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 198 Completion Date when the activity was completed DTM02 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two
digits of the calendar year SCD (CSRR-157) = Service Completion Date
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
229
Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 3000 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:
Notes: QTY*31*DIRQTYA (CSRR-166)*DY
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity P6 Number of Services or Procedures QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity DIRQTYA (CSRR-166) = Number of Directories for Annual Delivery QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for
examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
230
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 3500 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*82*PLA
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 82 Data Item Description (DID) Reference Specific data elements that the government will ask
a contractor to provide and are spelled out in specific requirement documents
N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier "PLA"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
231
Segment: MTX Text Position: 3600 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",
then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**PLA (CSRR-177)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text PLA (CSRR-177) = Place Listings As
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
232
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 3500 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*JD*LISTNAME
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification JD User Identification N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier "LISTNAME"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
233
Segment: MTX Text Position: 3600 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",
then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**LISTNM (CSRR-176)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text LISTNM (CSRR-176) = Listed Name
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
234
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 3500 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*JD* LIST ADDRESS
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification JD User Identification N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier "LIST ADDRESS"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
235
Segment: MTX Text Position: 3600 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",
then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**LISTADD (CSRR-181)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text LISTADD (CSRR-181) = Listed Address
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
236
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 3500 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*LU*SEVICE ADDRESS
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification LU Location Number N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier "SERVICE ADDRESS"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
237
Segment: MTX Text Position: 3600 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",
then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**SERVADR (CSRR-164)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text SERVADR (CSRR-164) = Service Address
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
238
Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 3500 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference
Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Notes: N9*KK*DELIVERY ADDRESS
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification KK Delivery Reference N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier "DELIVERY ADDRESS"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
239
Segment: MTX Text Position: 3600 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",
then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**DELIVERY ADDRESS (CSRR-165)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text DELIVERY ADDRESS (CSRR-165) = Delivery Address
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
240
Segment: N1 Name Position: 3700 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*1A*NAME CONTROL (CSRR-162)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual 1A Subgroup N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name NAME CONTROL (CSRR-162) = Name Control
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
241
Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - MULTIPLE MATCH RESPONSE SECTION
Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs
per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*MMRS [PO1 Loop will be used if LRESPONSE (CSRR-155) = 'M'] [PO1 Loop repeats MATCHQTY (CSRR-184) times]
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "MMRS"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
242
Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 0180 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics
qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*DB*DIRIDL (CSRR-188)
SI*TI*DN*DIRNAME (CSRR-187) SI*TI*F5*FCC (CSRR-195) SI*TI*LE*REC TYPE (CSRR-186) SI*TI*LN*LTN (CSRR-185) SI*TI*MM*TMF CODE (CSRR-193) SI*TI*R7*REGION (CSRR-194) SI*TI*TW*STYC (CSRR-192)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service
characteristics LNLN (CSRR-20) = Listed Name Last
LNFN (CSRR-21) = Listed Name First DES (CSRR-22) = Designation TL (CSRR-23) = Title of Lineage TITLE1 (CSRR-24) = Title of Address 1 TITLE2 (CSRR-25) = Title of Address 2 NICK (CSRR-26) = Nickname
DB Directory Book DN Directory Book Name F5 File Control LE Listing Type LN Listed Telephone Number MM Telephone Master File R7 Region TW Style Code M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
243
Identifying number for a product or service DIRIDL (CSRR-188) = Directory Identifier
DIRNAME (CSRR-187) = Directory Name FCC (CSRR-195) = File Control Code REC TYPE (CSRR-186) = Record Type LTN (CSRR-185) = Listed Telephone Number TMF CODE (CSRR-193) = Telephone Master File Code REGION (CSRR-194) = Region STYC (CSRR-192) = Style Code
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
244
Segment: REF Reference Identification Position: 1000 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:
Notes: REF*6O*REF (CSRR-190) REF*LI**ALI (CSRR-191)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 6O Cross Reference Number L1 Letters or Notes REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier REF (CSRR-190) = Reference
ALI (CSRR-191) = Alphanumeric Listing Identifier Code
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
245
Segment: N1 Name Position: 3700 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of
providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*1A*NAME CONTROL (CSRR-189)
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or
an individual 1A Subgroup N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name NAME CONTROL (CSRR-189) = Name Control
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
246
Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - PENDING ORDERS SECTION Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs
per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*PNDODRS [PO1 Loop repeats PENDING ORDER QTY (CSRR-135a) times]
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "PNDODRS"
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
247
Segment: PID Product/Item Description Position: 0500 Loop: PID Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format Syntax Notes: 1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required. 2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required. 3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required. 4 If PID08 is present, then PID04 is required. 5 If PID09 is present, then PID05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list
being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description
codes. 3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified
in PID04. A "Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item; an "N" indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.
4 PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05. Comments: 1 If PID01 equals "F", then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals "S", then
PID04 is used. If PID01 equals "X", then both PID04 and PID05 are used.
2 Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in the segment.
3 PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.
Notes: PID*S**TI*DB***SO-RSQ*MERGE INDICATOR (CSRR-135d)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PID01 349 Item Description Type M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description S Structured (From Industry Code List) PID03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry PID04 751 Product Description Code X 1 AN 1/12 A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a
product characteristic DB Merge Indicator PID07 822 Source Subqualifier O 1 AN 1/15 A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source
Qualifier SO-RSQ Service Order - Resellers Questions PID08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response MERGE INDICATOR (CSRR-135d) = Merge Indicator N No Y Yes
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
248
Segment: REF Reference Identification Position: 1000 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:
Notes: REF*OW*ORDER NUMBER (CSRR-135b))
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification OW Service Order Number Number assigned when a customer orders service
and equipment and which appears on bill REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier ORDER NUMBER (CSRR-135b) = Order Number
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
249
Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference Position: 2000 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required. 2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required. 3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: DTM*AAG*ORDER DUE DATE{CCYYMMDD} (CSRR-135c)
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time AAG Due Date DTM02 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two
digits of the calendar year ORDER DUE DATE (CSRR-135c) = Order Due
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
250
Segment: CTT Transaction Totals Position: 0100 Loop: CTT Optional Level: Summary Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit a hash total for a specific element in the transaction set Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTT03 or CTT04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either CTT05 or CTT06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment is intended to provide hash totals to validate
transaction completeness and correctness. Notes: CTT*Number of PO1 Segments
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M CTT01 354 Number of Line Items M 1 N0 1/6 Total number of line items in the transaction set
IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html
251
Segment: SE Transaction Set Trailer Position: 0300 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the
transmitted segments (including the beginning (ST) and ending (SE) segments)
Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SE is the last segment of each transaction set.
Notes: SE*Number of Segments*TRAN SET CONTROL#
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SE01 96 Number of Included Segments M 1 N0 1/10 Total number of segments included in a transaction set including ST
and SE segments M SE02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set
functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set